Annotation of embedaddon/readline/doc/readline.html, revision 1.1.1.1

1.1       misho       1: <HTML>
                      2: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
                      3: <!-- Created on February, 11  2014 by texi2html 1.64 -->
                      4: <!-- 
                      5: Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
                      6:             Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
                      7:             Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
                      8:             and many others.
                      9: Maintained by: Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
                     10: Send bugs and suggestions to <texi2html@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
                     11:  
                     12: -->
                     13: <HEAD>
                     14: <TITLE>GNU Readline Library: </TITLE>
                     15: 
                     16: <META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
                     17: <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
                     18: <META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
                     19: <META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
                     20: <META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="texi2html 1.64">
                     21: 
                     22: </HEAD>
                     23: 
                     24: <BODY LANG="" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000">
                     25: 
                     26: <A NAME="SEC_Top"></A>
                     27: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                     28: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                     29: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                     30: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                     31: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                     32: </TR></TABLE>
                     33: <H1>GNU Readline Library</H1></P><P>
                     34: 
                     35: This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
                     36: in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
                     37: provide a command line interface.
                     38: The Readline home page is <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/">http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/</A>.
                     39: </P><P>
                     40: 
                     41: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                     42: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline User's Manual.</TD></TR>
                     43: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.</TD></TR>
                     44: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">License for copying this manual.</TD></TR>
                     45: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of concepts described in this manual.</TD></TR>
                     46: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of externally visible functions
                     47:                                   and variables.</TD></TR>
                     48: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                     49: <P>
                     50: 
                     51: <HR SIZE=1>
                     52: <A NAME="SEC1"></A>
                     53: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                     54: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                     55: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                     56: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                     57: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
                     58: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                     59: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                     60: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                     61: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                     62: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                     63: </TR></TABLE>
                     64: <A NAME="Command Line Editing"></A>
                     65: <H1> 1. Command Line Editing </H1>
                     66: <!--docid::SEC1::-->
                     67: <P>
                     68: 
                     69: This chapter describes the basic features of the GNU
                     70: command line editing interface.
                     71: </P><P>
                     72: 
                     73: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                     74: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Notation used in this text.</TD></TR>
                     75: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The minimum set of commands for editing a line.</TD></TR>
                     76: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Customizing Readline from a user's view.</TD></TR>
                     77: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A description of most of the Readline commands
                     78:                                available for binding</TD></TR>
                     79: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A short description of how to make Readline
                     80:                                behave like the vi editor.</TD></TR>
                     81: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                     82: <P>
                     83: 
                     84: <A NAME="Introduction and Notation"></A>
                     85: <HR SIZE="6">
                     86: <A NAME="SEC2"></A>
                     87: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                     88: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                     89: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                     90: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                     91: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
                     92: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                     93: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                     94: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                     95: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                     96: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                     97: </TR></TABLE>
                     98: <H2> 1.1 Introduction to Line Editing </H2>
                     99: <!--docid::SEC2::-->
                    100: <P>
                    101: 
                    102: The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
                    103: keystrokes.
                    104: </P><P>
                    105: 
                    106: The text <KBD>C-k</KBD> is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
                    107: produced when the <KBD>k</KBD> key is pressed while the Control key
                    108: is depressed.
                    109: </P><P>
                    110: 
                    111: The text <KBD>M-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
                    112: produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the <KBD>k</KBD>
                    113: key is pressed.
                    114: The Meta key is labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> on many keyboards.
                    115: On keyboards with two keys labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> (usually to either side of
                    116: the space bar), the <KBD>ALT</KBD> on the left side is generally set to
                    117: work as a Meta key.
                    118: The <KBD>ALT</KBD> key on the right may also be configured to work as a
                    119: Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
                    120: Compose key for typing accented characters.
                    121: </P><P>
                    122: 
                    123: If you do not have a Meta or <KBD>ALT</KBD> key, or another key working as
                    124: a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
                    125: <EM>first</EM>, and then typing <KBD>k</KBD>.
                    126: Either process is known as <EM>metafying</EM> the <KBD>k</KBD> key.
                    127: </P><P>
                    128: 
                    129: The text <KBD>M-C-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
                    130: character produced by <EM>metafying</EM> <KBD>C-k</KBD>.
                    131: </P><P>
                    132: 
                    133: In addition, several keys have their own names.  Specifically,
                    134: <KBD>DEL</KBD>, <KBD>ESC</KBD>, <KBD>LFD</KBD>, <KBD>SPC</KBD>, <KBD>RET</KBD>, and <KBD>TAB</KBD> all
                    135: stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
                    136: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
                    137: If your keyboard lacks a <KBD>LFD</KBD> key, typing <KBD>C-j</KBD> will
                    138: produce the desired character.
                    139: The <KBD>RET</KBD> key may be labeled <KBD>Return</KBD> or <KBD>Enter</KBD> on
                    140: some keyboards.
                    141: </P><P>
                    142: 
                    143: <A NAME="Readline Interaction"></A>
                    144: <HR SIZE="6">
                    145: <A NAME="SEC3"></A>
                    146: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    147: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    148: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    149: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    150: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    151: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    152: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    153: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    154: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    155: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    156: </TR></TABLE>
                    157: <H2> 1.2 Readline Interaction </H2>
                    158: <!--docid::SEC3::-->
                    159: <P>
                    160: 
                    161: Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
                    162: only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled.  The
                    163: Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
                    164: as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
                    165: you to retype the majority of the line.  Using these editing commands,
                    166: you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
                    167: insert the text of the corrections.  Then, when you are satisfied with
                    168: the line, you simply press <KBD>RET</KBD>.  You do not have to be at the
                    169: end of the line to press <KBD>RET</KBD>; the entire line is accepted
                    170: regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
                    171: </P><P>
                    172: 
                    173: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                    174: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The least you need to know about Readline.</TD></TR>
                    175: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the input line.</TD></TR>
                    176: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to delete text, and how to get it back!</TD></TR>
                    177: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Giving numeric arguments to commands.</TD></TR>
                    178: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Searching through previous lines.</TD></TR>
                    179: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                    180: <P>
                    181: 
                    182: <A NAME="Readline Bare Essentials"></A>
                    183: <HR SIZE="6">
                    184: <A NAME="SEC4"></A>
                    185: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    186: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    187: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    188: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    189: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    190: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    191: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    192: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    193: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    194: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    195: </TR></TABLE>
                    196: <H3> 1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials </H3>
                    197: <!--docid::SEC4::-->
                    198: <P>
                    199: 
                    200: In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them.  The typed
                    201: character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
                    202: space to the right.  If you mistype a character, you can use your
                    203: erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
                    204: </P><P>
                    205: 
                    206: Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
                    207: not notice the error until you have typed several other characters.  In
                    208: that case, you can type <KBD>C-b</KBD> to move the cursor to the left, and then
                    209: correct your mistake.  Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
                    210: with <KBD>C-f</KBD>.
                    211: </P><P>
                    212: 
                    213: When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
                    214: to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
                    215: that you have inserted.  Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
                    216: characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
                    217: blank space created by the removal of the text.  A list of the bare
                    218: essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
                    219: </P><P>
                    220: 
                    221: <DL COMPACT>
                    222: <DT><KBD>C-b</KBD>
                    223: <DD>Move back one character.
                    224: <DT><KBD>C-f</KBD>
                    225: <DD>Move forward one character.
                    226: <DT><KBD>DEL</KBD> or <KBD>Backspace</KBD>
                    227: <DD>Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
                    228: <DT><KBD>C-d</KBD>
                    229: <DD>Delete the character underneath the cursor.
                    230: <DT>Printing characters
                    231: <DD>Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
                    232: <DT><KBD>C-_</KBD> or <KBD>C-x C-u</KBD>
                    233: <DD>Undo the last editing command.  You can undo all the way back to an
                    234: empty line.
                    235: </DL>
                    236: <P>
                    237: 
                    238: (Depending on your configuration, the <KBD>Backspace</KBD> key be set to
                    239: delete the character to the left of the cursor and the <KBD>DEL</KBD> key set
                    240: to delete the character underneath the cursor, like <KBD>C-d</KBD>, rather
                    241: than the character to the left of the cursor.)
                    242: </P><P>
                    243: 
                    244: <A NAME="Readline Movement Commands"></A>
                    245: <HR SIZE="6">
                    246: <A NAME="SEC5"></A>
                    247: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    248: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    249: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    250: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    251: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    252: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    253: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    254: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    255: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    256: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    257: </TR></TABLE>
                    258: <H3> 1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands </H3>
                    259: <!--docid::SEC5::-->
                    260: <P>
                    261: 
                    262: The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
                    263: in order to do editing of the input line.  For your convenience, many
                    264: other commands have been added in addition to <KBD>C-b</KBD>, <KBD>C-f</KBD>,
                    265: <KBD>C-d</KBD>, and <KBD>DEL</KBD>.  Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
                    266: about the line.
                    267: </P><P>
                    268: 
                    269: <DL COMPACT>
                    270: <DT><KBD>C-a</KBD>
                    271: <DD>Move to the start of the line.
                    272: <DT><KBD>C-e</KBD>
                    273: <DD>Move to the end of the line.
                    274: <DT><KBD>M-f</KBD>
                    275: <DD>Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
                    276: <DT><KBD>M-b</KBD>
                    277: <DD>Move backward a word.
                    278: <DT><KBD>C-l</KBD>
                    279: <DD>Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
                    280: </DL>
                    281: <P>
                    282: 
                    283: Notice how <KBD>C-f</KBD> moves forward a character, while <KBD>M-f</KBD> moves
                    284: forward a word.  It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
                    285: operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
                    286: </P><P>
                    287: 
                    288: <A NAME="Readline Killing Commands"></A>
                    289: <HR SIZE="6">
                    290: <A NAME="SEC6"></A>
                    291: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    292: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    293: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    294: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    295: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    296: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    297: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    298: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    299: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    300: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    301: </TR></TABLE>
                    302: <H3> 1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands </H3>
                    303: <!--docid::SEC6::-->
                    304: <P>
                    305: 
                    306: <A NAME="IDX1"></A>
                    307: <A NAME="IDX2"></A>
                    308: </P><P>
                    309: 
                    310: <EM>Killing</EM> text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
                    311: it away for later use, usually by <EM>yanking</EM> (re-inserting)
                    312: it back into the line.
                    313: (`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
                    314: </P><P>
                    315: 
                    316: If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
                    317: be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
                    318: place later.
                    319: </P><P>
                    320: 
                    321: When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a <EM>kill-ring</EM>.
                    322: Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
                    323: that when you yank it back, you get it all.  The kill
                    324: ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
                    325: typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
                    326: another line.
                    327: <A NAME="IDX3"></A>
                    328: </P><P>
                    329: 
                    330: Here is the list of commands for killing text.
                    331: </P><P>
                    332: 
                    333: <DL COMPACT>
                    334: <DT><KBD>C-k</KBD>
                    335: <DD>Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
                    336: <P>
                    337: 
                    338: <DT><KBD>M-d</KBD>
                    339: <DD>Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
                    340: words, to the end of the next word.
                    341: Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
                    342: <P>
                    343: 
                    344: <DT><KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD>
                    345: <DD>Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
                    346: words, to the start of the previous word.
                    347: Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-b</KBD>.
                    348: <P>
                    349: 
                    350: <DT><KBD>C-w</KBD>
                    351: <DD>Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace.  This is different than
                    352: <KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> because the word boundaries differ.
                    353: <P>
                    354: 
                    355: </DL>
                    356: <P>
                    357: 
                    358: Here is how to <EM>yank</EM> the text back into the line.  Yanking
                    359: means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
                    360: </P><P>
                    361: 
                    362: <DL COMPACT>
                    363: <DT><KBD>C-y</KBD>
                    364: <DD>Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
                    365: <P>
                    366: 
                    367: <DT><KBD>M-y</KBD>
                    368: <DD>Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
                    369: the prior command is <KBD>C-y</KBD> or <KBD>M-y</KBD>.
                    370: </DL>
                    371: <P>
                    372: 
                    373: <A NAME="Readline Arguments"></A>
                    374: <HR SIZE="6">
                    375: <A NAME="SEC7"></A>
                    376: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    377: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    378: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    379: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    380: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    381: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    382: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    383: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    384: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    385: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    386: </TR></TABLE>
                    387: <H3> 1.2.4 Readline Arguments </H3>
                    388: <!--docid::SEC7::-->
                    389: <P>
                    390: 
                    391: You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands.  Sometimes the
                    392: argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the <I>sign</I> of the
                    393: argument that is significant.  If you pass a negative argument to a
                    394: command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
                    395: act in a backward direction.  For example, to kill text back to the
                    396: start of the line, you might type <SAMP>`M-- C-k'</SAMP>.
                    397: </P><P>
                    398: 
                    399: The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
                    400: digits before the command.  If the first `digit' typed is a minus
                    401: sign (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>), then the sign of the argument will be negative.  Once
                    402: you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
                    403: the remainder of the digits, and then the command.  For example, to give
                    404: the <KBD>C-d</KBD> command an argument of 10, you could type <SAMP>`M-1 0 C-d'</SAMP>,
                    405: which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
                    406: </P><P>
                    407: 
                    408: <A NAME="Searching"></A>
                    409: <HR SIZE="6">
                    410: <A NAME="SEC8"></A>
                    411: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    412: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    413: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    414: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    415: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    416: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    417: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    418: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    419: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    420: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    421: </TR></TABLE>
                    422: <H3> 1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History </H3>
                    423: <!--docid::SEC8::-->
                    424: <P>
                    425: 
                    426: Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
                    427: for lines containing a specified string.
                    428: There are two search modes:  <EM>incremental</EM> and <EM>non-incremental</EM>.
                    429: </P><P>
                    430: 
                    431: Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
                    432: search string.
                    433: As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
                    434: the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
                    435: An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
                    436: find the desired history entry.
                    437: To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
                    438: <KBD>C-r</KBD>.  Typing <KBD>C-s</KBD> searches forward through the history.
                    439: The characters present in the value of the <CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE> variable
                    440: are used to terminate an incremental search.
                    441: If that variable has not been assigned a value, the <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
                    442: <KBD>C-J</KBD> characters will terminate an incremental search.
                    443: <KBD>C-g</KBD> will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
                    444: When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
                    445: search string becomes the current line.
                    446: </P><P>
                    447: 
                    448: To find other matching entries in the history list, type <KBD>C-r</KBD> or
                    449: <KBD>C-s</KBD> as appropriate.
                    450: This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
                    451: entry matching the search string typed so far.
                    452: Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
                    453: the search and execute that command.
                    454: For instance, a <KBD>RET</KBD> will terminate the search and accept
                    455: the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
                    456: A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
                    457: the current line, and begin editing.
                    458: </P><P>
                    459: 
                    460: Readline remembers the last incremental search string.  If two
                    461: <KBD>C-r</KBD>s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
                    462: search string, any remembered search string is used.
                    463: </P><P>
                    464: 
                    465: Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
                    466: to search for matching history lines.  The search string may be
                    467: typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
                    468: </P><P>
                    469: 
                    470: <A NAME="Readline Init File"></A>
                    471: <HR SIZE="6">
                    472: <A NAME="SEC9"></A>
                    473: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    474: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    475: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    476: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    477: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    478: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    479: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    480: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    481: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    482: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    483: </TR></TABLE>
                    484: <H2> 1.3 Readline Init File </H2>
                    485: <!--docid::SEC9::-->
                    486: <P>
                    487: 
                    488: Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
                    489: keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
                    490: of keybindings.
                    491: Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
                    492: commands in an <EM>inputrc</EM> file, conventionally in his home directory.
                    493: The name of this
                    494: file is taken from the value of the environment variable <CODE>INPUTRC</CODE>.  If
                    495: that variable is unset, the default is <TT>`~/.inputrc'</TT>.  If that
                    496: file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is
                    497: <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>.
                    498: </P><P>
                    499: 
                    500: When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
                    501: init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
                    502: </P><P>
                    503: 
                    504: In addition, the <CODE>C-x C-r</CODE> command re-reads this init file, thus
                    505: incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
                    506: </P><P>
                    507: 
                    508: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                    509: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
                    510: </TABLE>
                    511: 
                    512: <br>
                    513: <TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
                    514: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
                    515: </TABLE>
                    516: 
                    517: <br>
                    518: <TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
                    519: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example inputrc file.</TD></TR>
                    520: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                    521: <P>
                    522: 
                    523: <A NAME="Readline Init File Syntax"></A>
                    524: <HR SIZE="6">
                    525: <A NAME="SEC10"></A>
                    526: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                    527: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                    528: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                    529: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                    530: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
                    531: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                    532: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                    533: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                    534: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                    535: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                    536: </TR></TABLE>
                    537: <H3> 1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax </H3>
                    538: <!--docid::SEC10::-->
                    539: <P>
                    540: 
                    541: There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
                    542: Readline init file.  Blank lines are ignored.
                    543: Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`#'</SAMP> are comments.
                    544: Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`$'</SAMP> indicate conditional
                    545: constructs (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).  Other lines
                    546: denote variable settings and key bindings.
                    547: </P><P>
                    548: 
                    549: <DL COMPACT>
                    550: <DT>Variable Settings
                    551: <DD>You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
                    552: altering the values of variables in Readline
                    553: using the <CODE>set</CODE> command within the init file.
                    554: The syntax is simple:
                    555: <P>
                    556: 
                    557: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>
                    558: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                    559: 
                    560: Here, for example, is how to
                    561: change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
                    562: <CODE>vi</CODE> line editing commands:
                    563: </P><P>
                    564: 
                    565: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set editing-mode vi
                    566: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                    567: 
                    568: Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
                    569: to case.  Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
                    570: </P><P>
                    571: 
                    572: Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
                    573: the value is null or empty, <VAR>on</VAR> (case-insensitive), or 1.  Any other
                    574: value results in the variable being set to off.
                    575: </P><P>
                    576: 
                    577: A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
                    578: variables.
                    579: </P><P>
                    580: 
                    581: <A NAME="IDX4"></A>
                    582: <DL COMPACT>
                    583: 
                    584: <DT><CODE>bell-style</CODE>
                    585: <DD><A NAME="IDX5"></A>
                    586: Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
                    587: If set to <SAMP>`none'</SAMP>, Readline never rings the bell.  If set to
                    588: <SAMP>`visible'</SAMP>, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
                    589: If set to <SAMP>`audible'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to ring
                    590: the terminal's bell.
                    591: <P>
                    592: 
                    593: <DT><CODE>bind-tty-special-chars</CODE>
                    594: <DD><A NAME="IDX6"></A>
                    595: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline attempts to bind the control characters  
                    596: treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their Readline
                    597: equivalents.
                    598: <P>
                    599: 
                    600: <DT><CODE>colored-stats</CODE>
                    601: <DD><A NAME="IDX7"></A>
                    602: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline displays possible completions using different
                    603: colors to indicate their file type.
                    604: The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE>
                    605: environment variable.
                    606: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    607: <P>
                    608: 
                    609: <DT><CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
                    610: <DD><A NAME="IDX8"></A>
                    611: The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
                    612: <CODE>insert-comment</CODE> command is executed.  The default value
                    613: is <CODE>"#"</CODE>.
                    614: <P>
                    615: 
                    616: <DT><CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>
                    617: <DD><A NAME="IDX9"></A>
                    618: The number of screen columns used to display possible matches
                    619: when performing completion.
                    620: The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal
                    621: screen width.
                    622: A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line.
                    623: The default value is -1.
                    624: <P>
                    625: 
                    626: <DT><CODE>completion-ignore-case</CODE>
                    627: <DD><A NAME="IDX10"></A>
                    628: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline performs filename matching and completion
                    629: in a case-insensitive fashion.
                    630: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    631: <P>
                    632: 
                    633: <DT><CODE>completion-map-case</CODE>
                    634: <DD><A NAME="IDX11"></A>
                    635: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, and <VAR>completion-ignore-case</VAR> is enabled, Readline
                    636: treats hyphens (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>) and underscores (<SAMP>`_'</SAMP>) as equivalent when
                    637: performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion.
                    638: <P>
                    639: 
                    640: <DT><CODE>completion-prefix-display-length</CODE>
                    641: <DD><A NAME="IDX12"></A>
                    642: The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
                    643: completions that is displayed without modification.  When set to a
                    644: value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
                    645: replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
                    646: <P>
                    647: 
                    648: <DT><CODE>completion-query-items</CODE>
                    649: <DD><A NAME="IDX13"></A>
                    650: The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
                    651: asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
                    652: If the number of possible completions is greater than this value,
                    653: Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view
                    654: them; otherwise, they are simply listed.
                    655: This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
                    656: A negative value means Readline should never ask.
                    657: The default limit is <CODE>100</CODE>.
                    658: <P>
                    659: 
                    660: <DT><CODE>convert-meta</CODE>
                    661: <DD><A NAME="IDX14"></A>
                    662: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will convert characters with the
                    663: eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the eighth
                    664: bit and prefixing an <KBD>ESC</KBD> character, converting them to a
                    665: meta-prefixed key sequence.  The default value is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
                    666: <P>
                    667: 
                    668: <DT><CODE>disable-completion</CODE>
                    669: <DD><A NAME="IDX15"></A>
                    670: If set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will inhibit word completion.
                    671: Completion  characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
                    672: been mapped to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    673: <P>
                    674: 
                    675: <DT><CODE>editing-mode</CODE>
                    676: <DD><A NAME="IDX16"></A>
                    677: The <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable controls which default set of
                    678: key bindings is used.  By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
                    679: mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs.  This variable can be
                    680: set to either <SAMP>`emacs'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`vi'</SAMP>.
                    681: <P>
                    682: 
                    683: <DT><CODE>echo-control-characters</CODE>
                    684: <DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
                    685: readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
                    686: keyboard.  The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
                    687: <P>
                    688: 
                    689: <DT><CODE>enable-keypad</CODE>
                    690: <DD><A NAME="IDX17"></A>
                    691: When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable the application
                    692: keypad when it is called.  Some systems need this to enable the
                    693: arrow keys.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    694: <P>
                    695: 
                    696: <DT><CODE>enable-meta-key</CODE>
                    697: <DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier
                    698: key the terminal claims to support when it is called.  On many terminals,
                    699: the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
                    700: The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
                    701: <P>
                    702: 
                    703: <DT><CODE>expand-tilde</CODE>
                    704: <DD><A NAME="IDX18"></A>
                    705: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
                    706: attempts word completion.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    707: <P>
                    708: 
                    709: <DT><CODE>history-preserve-point</CODE>
                    710: <DD><A NAME="IDX19"></A>
                    711: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, the history code attempts to place the point (the
                    712: current cursor position) at the
                    713: same location on each history line retrieved with <CODE>previous-history</CODE>
                    714: or <CODE>next-history</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    715: <P>
                    716: 
                    717: <DT><CODE>history-size</CODE>
                    718: <DD><A NAME="IDX20"></A>
                    719: Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list.
                    720: If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries
                    721: are saved.
                    722: If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not
                    723: limited.
                    724: By default, the number of history entries is not limited.
                    725: <P>
                    726: 
                    727: <DT><CODE>horizontal-scroll-mode</CODE>
                    728: <DD><A NAME="IDX21"></A>
                    729: This variable can be set to either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.  Setting it
                    730: to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
                    731: horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
                    732: of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line.  By default,
                    733: this variable is set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    734: <P>
                    735: 
                    736: <DT><CODE>input-meta</CODE>
                    737: <DD><A NAME="IDX22"></A>
                    738: <A NAME="IDX23"></A>
                    739: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
                    740: will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
                    741: regardless of what the terminal claims it can support.  The
                    742: default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.  The name <CODE>meta-flag</CODE> is a
                    743: synonym for this variable.
                    744: <P>
                    745: 
                    746: <DT><CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE>
                    747: <DD><A NAME="IDX24"></A>
                    748: The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
                    749: subsequently executing the character as a command (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>).
                    750: If this variable has not been given a value, the characters <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
                    751: <KBD>C-J</KBD> will terminate an incremental search.
                    752: <P>
                    753: 
                    754: <DT><CODE>keymap</CODE>
                    755: <DD><A NAME="IDX25"></A>
                    756: Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
                    757: Acceptable <CODE>keymap</CODE> names are
                    758: <CODE>emacs</CODE>,
                    759: <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>,
                    760: <CODE>emacs-meta</CODE>,
                    761: <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE>,
                    762: <CODE>vi</CODE>,
                    763: <CODE>vi-move</CODE>,
                    764: <CODE>vi-command</CODE>, and
                    765: <CODE>vi-insert</CODE>.
                    766: <CODE>vi</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>vi-command</CODE>; <CODE>emacs</CODE> is
                    767: equivalent to <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>.  The default value is <CODE>emacs</CODE>.
                    768: The value of the <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable also affects the
                    769: default keymap.
                    770: <P>
                    771: 
                    772: <DT><CODE>keyseq-timeout</CODE>
                    773: <DD>Specifies the duration Readline will wait for a character when reading an
                    774: ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using
                    775: the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer
                    776: key sequence).
                    777: If no input is received within the timeout, Readline will use the shorter
                    778: but complete key sequence.
                    779: Readline uses this value to determine whether or not input is
                    780: available on the current input source (<CODE>rl_instream</CODE> by default).
                    781: The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that
                    782: Readline will wait one second for additional input.
                    783: If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a
                    784: non-numeric value, Readline will wait until another key is pressed to
                    785: decide which key sequence to complete.
                    786: The default value is <CODE>500</CODE>.
                    787: <P>
                    788: 
                    789: <DT><CODE>mark-directories</CODE>
                    790: <DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed directory names have a slash
                    791: appended.  The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
                    792: <P>
                    793: 
                    794: <DT><CODE>mark-modified-lines</CODE>
                    795: <DD><A NAME="IDX26"></A>
                    796: This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to display an
                    797: asterisk (<SAMP>`*'</SAMP>) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
                    798: This variable is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> by default.
                    799: <P>
                    800: 
                    801: <DT><CODE>mark-symlinked-directories</CODE>
                    802: <DD><A NAME="IDX27"></A>
                    803: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed names which are symbolic links
                    804: to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
                    805: <CODE>mark-directories</CODE>).
                    806: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    807: <P>
                    808: 
                    809: <DT><CODE>match-hidden-files</CODE>
                    810: <DD><A NAME="IDX28"></A>
                    811: This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to match files whose
                    812: names begin with a <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> (hidden files) when performing filename
                    813: completion.
                    814: If set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, the leading <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> must be
                    815: supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
                    816: This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
                    817: <P>
                    818: 
                    819: <DT><CODE>menu-complete-display-prefix</CODE>
                    820: <DD><A NAME="IDX29"></A>
                    821: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
                    822: list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
                    823: the list.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    824: <P>
                    825: 
                    826: <DT><CODE>output-meta</CODE>
                    827: <DD><A NAME="IDX30"></A>
                    828: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display characters with the
                    829: eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
                    830: sequence.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    831: <P>
                    832: 
                    833: <DT><CODE>page-completions</CODE>
                    834: <DD><A NAME="IDX31"></A>
                    835: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline uses an internal <CODE>more</CODE>-like pager
                    836: to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
                    837: This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
                    838: <P>
                    839: 
                    840: <DT><CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE>
                    841: <DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display completions with matches
                    842: sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
                    843: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    844: <P>
                    845: 
                    846: <DT><CODE>revert-all-at-newline</CODE>
                    847: <DD><A NAME="IDX32"></A>
                    848: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will undo all changes to history lines
                    849: before returning when <CODE>accept-line</CODE> is executed.  By default,
                    850: history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
                    851: calls to <CODE>readline</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    852: <P>
                    853: 
                    854: <DT><CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE>
                    855: <DD><A NAME="IDX33"></A>
                    856: This alters the default behavior of the completion functions.  If
                    857: set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, 
                    858: words which have more than one possible completion cause the
                    859: matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
                    860: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    861: <P>
                    862: 
                    863: <DT><CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE>
                    864: <DD><A NAME="IDX34"></A>
                    865: This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
                    866: a fashion similar to <VAR>show-all-if-ambiguous</VAR>.
                    867: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, 
                    868: words which have more than one possible completion without any
                    869: possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
                    870: a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
                    871: of ringing the bell.
                    872: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    873: <P>
                    874: 
                    875: <DT><CODE>show-mode-in-prompt</CODE>
                    876: <DD><A NAME="IDX35"></A>
                    877: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, add a character to the beginning of the prompt
                    878: indicating the editing mode: emacs (<SAMP>`@'</SAMP>), vi command (<SAMP>`:'</SAMP>),
                    879: or vi insertion (<SAMP>`+'</SAMP>).
                    880: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    881: <P>
                    882: 
                    883: <DT><CODE>skip-completed-text</CODE>
                    884: <DD><A NAME="IDX36"></A>
                    885: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, this alters the default completion behavior when
                    886: inserting a single match into the line.  It's only active when
                    887: performing completion in the middle of a word.  If enabled, readline
                    888: does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
                    889: after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
                    890: following the cursor are not duplicated.
                    891: For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor
                    892: is after the <SAMP>`e'</SAMP> in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP> will result in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP>
                    893: rather than <SAMP>`Makefilefile'</SAMP>, assuming there is a single possible
                    894: completion.
                    895: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    896: <P>
                    897: 
                    898: <DT><CODE>visible-stats</CODE>
                    899: <DD><A NAME="IDX37"></A>
                    900: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, a character denoting a file's type
                    901: is appended to the filename when listing possible
                    902: completions.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                    903: <P>
                    904: 
                    905: </DL>
                    906: <P>
                    907: 
                    908: <DT>Key Bindings
                    909: <DD>The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
                    910: simple.  First you need to find the name of the command that you
                    911: want to change.  The following sections contain tables of the command
                    912: name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
                    913: the command does.
                    914: <P>
                    915: 
                    916: Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
                    917: in the init file the name of the key
                    918: you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
                    919: command.
                    920: There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be
                    921: interpreted as part of the key name.
                    922: The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on
                    923: what you find most comfortable.
                    924: </P><P>
                    925: 
                    926: In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
                    927: to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a <VAR>macro</VAR>).
                    928: </P><P>
                    929: 
                    930: <DL COMPACT>
                    931: <DT><VAR>keyname</VAR>: <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
                    932: <DD><VAR>keyname</VAR> is the name of a key spelled out in English.  For example:
                    933: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Control-u: universal-argument
                    934: Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
                    935: Control-o: "&#62; output"
                    936: </pre></td></tr></table><P>
                    937: 
                    938: In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is bound to the function
                    939: <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>,
                    940: <KBD>M-DEL</KBD> is bound to the function <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>, and
                    941: <KBD>C-o</KBD> is bound to run the macro
                    942: expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
                    943: <SAMP>`&#62; output'</SAMP> into the line).
                    944: </P><P>
                    945: 
                    946: A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
                    947: processing this key binding syntax:
                    948: <VAR>DEL</VAR>,
                    949: <VAR>ESC</VAR>,
                    950: <VAR>ESCAPE</VAR>,
                    951: <VAR>LFD</VAR>,
                    952: <VAR>NEWLINE</VAR>,
                    953: <VAR>RET</VAR>,
                    954: <VAR>RETURN</VAR>,
                    955: <VAR>RUBOUT</VAR>,
                    956: <VAR>SPACE</VAR>,
                    957: <VAR>SPC</VAR>,
                    958: and
                    959: <VAR>TAB</VAR>.
                    960: </P><P>
                    961: 
                    962: <DT>"<VAR>keyseq</VAR>": <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
                    963: <DD><VAR>keyseq</VAR> differs from <VAR>keyname</VAR> above in that strings
                    964: denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
                    965: the key sequence in double quotes.  Some GNU Emacs style key
                    966: escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
                    967: special character names are not recognized.
                    968: <P>
                    969: 
                    970: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-u": universal-argument
                    971: "\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
                    972: "\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
                    973: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                    974: 
                    975: In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is again bound to the function
                    976: <CODE>universal-argument</CODE> (just as it was in the first example),
                    977: <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> <KBD>C-r</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to the function <CODE>re-read-init-file</CODE>,
                    978: and <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> <KBD>[</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>~</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to insert
                    979: the text <SAMP>`Function Key 1'</SAMP>.
                    980: </P><P>
                    981: 
                    982: </DL>
                    983: <P>
                    984: 
                    985: The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when
                    986: specifying key sequences:
                    987: </P><P>
                    988: 
                    989: <DL COMPACT>
                    990: <DT><CODE><KBD>\C-</KBD></CODE>
                    991: <DD>control prefix
                    992: <DT><CODE><KBD>\M-</KBD></CODE>
                    993: <DD>meta prefix
                    994: <DT><CODE><KBD>\e</KBD></CODE>
                    995: <DD>an escape character
                    996: <DT><CODE><KBD>\\</KBD></CODE>
                    997: <DD>backslash
                    998: <DT><CODE><KBD>\"</KBD></CODE>
                    999: <DD><KBD>"</KBD>, a double quotation mark
                   1000: <DT><CODE><KBD>\'</KBD></CODE>
                   1001: <DD><KBD>'</KBD>, a single quote or apostrophe
                   1002: </DL>
                   1003: <P>
                   1004: 
                   1005: In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second
                   1006: set of backslash escapes is available:
                   1007: </P><P>
                   1008: 
                   1009: <DL COMPACT>
                   1010: <DT><CODE>\a</CODE>
                   1011: <DD>alert (bell)
                   1012: <DT><CODE>\b</CODE>
                   1013: <DD>backspace
                   1014: <DT><CODE>\d</CODE>
                   1015: <DD>delete
                   1016: <DT><CODE>\f</CODE>
                   1017: <DD>form feed
                   1018: <DT><CODE>\n</CODE>
                   1019: <DD>newline
                   1020: <DT><CODE>\r</CODE>
                   1021: <DD>carriage return
                   1022: <DT><CODE>\t</CODE>
                   1023: <DD>horizontal tab
                   1024: <DT><CODE>\v</CODE>
                   1025: <DD>vertical tab
                   1026: <DT><CODE>\<VAR>nnn</VAR></CODE>
                   1027: <DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <VAR>nnn</VAR>
                   1028: (one to three digits)
                   1029: <DT><CODE>\x<VAR>HH</VAR></CODE>
                   1030: <DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <VAR>HH</VAR>
                   1031: (one or two hex digits)
                   1032: </DL>
                   1033: <P>
                   1034: 
                   1035: When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
                   1036: be used to indicate a macro definition.
                   1037: Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
                   1038: In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
                   1039: Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
                   1040: including <SAMP>`"'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`''</SAMP>.
                   1041: For example, the following binding will make <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> \'</SAMP>
                   1042: insert a single <SAMP>`\'</SAMP> into the line:
                   1043: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-x\\": "\\"
                   1044: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   1045: 
                   1046: </DL>
                   1047: <P>
                   1048: 
                   1049: <A NAME="Conditional Init Constructs"></A>
                   1050: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1051: <A NAME="SEC11"></A>
                   1052: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1053: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1054: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1055: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1056: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1057: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1058: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1059: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1060: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1061: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1062: </TR></TABLE>
                   1063: <H3> 1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs </H3>
                   1064: <!--docid::SEC11::-->
                   1065: <P>
                   1066: 
                   1067: Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
                   1068: compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
                   1069: bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
                   1070: of tests.  There are four parser directives used.
                   1071: </P><P>
                   1072: 
                   1073: <DL COMPACT>
                   1074: <DT><CODE>$if</CODE>
                   1075: <DD>The <CODE>$if</CODE> construct allows bindings to be made based on the
                   1076: editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
                   1077: Readline.  The text of the test extends to the end of the line;
                   1078: no characters are required to isolate it.
                   1079: <P>
                   1080: 
                   1081: <DL COMPACT>
                   1082: <DT><CODE>mode</CODE>
                   1083: <DD>The <CODE>mode=</CODE> form of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive is used to test
                   1084: whether Readline is in <CODE>emacs</CODE> or <CODE>vi</CODE> mode.
                   1085: This may be used in conjunction
                   1086: with the <SAMP>`set keymap'</SAMP> command, for instance, to set bindings in
                   1087: the <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE> and <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE> keymaps only if
                   1088: Readline is starting out in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
                   1089: <P>
                   1090: 
                   1091: <DT><CODE>term</CODE>
                   1092: <DD>The <CODE>term=</CODE> form may be used to include terminal-specific
                   1093: key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
                   1094: terminal's function keys.  The word on the right side of the
                   1095: <SAMP>`='</SAMP> is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
                   1096: the portion of the terminal name before the first <SAMP>`-'</SAMP>.  This
                   1097: allows <CODE>sun</CODE> to match both <CODE>sun</CODE> and <CODE>sun-cmd</CODE>,
                   1098: for instance.
                   1099: <P>
                   1100: 
                   1101: <DT><CODE>application</CODE>
                   1102: <DD>The <VAR>application</VAR> construct is used to include
                   1103: application-specific settings.  Each program using the Readline
                   1104: library sets the <VAR>application name</VAR>, and you can test for
                   1105: a particular value. 
                   1106: This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
                   1107: a specific program.  For instance, the following command adds a
                   1108: key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
                   1109: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if Bash
                   1110: # Quote the current or previous word
                   1111: "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
                   1112: $endif
                   1113: </pre></td></tr></table></DL>
                   1114: <P>
                   1115: 
                   1116: <DT><CODE>$endif</CODE>
                   1117: <DD>This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
                   1118: <CODE>$if</CODE> command.
                   1119: <P>
                   1120: 
                   1121: <DT><CODE>$else</CODE>
                   1122: <DD>Commands in this branch of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive are executed if
                   1123: the test fails.
                   1124: <P>
                   1125: 
                   1126: <DT><CODE>$include</CODE>
                   1127: <DD>This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
                   1128: and bindings from that file.
                   1129: For example, the following directive reads from <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>:
                   1130: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$include /etc/inputrc
                   1131: </pre></td></tr></table></DL>
                   1132: <P>
                   1133: 
                   1134: <A NAME="Sample Init File"></A>
                   1135: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1136: <A NAME="SEC12"></A>
                   1137: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1138: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1139: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1140: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1141: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1142: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1143: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1144: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1145: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1146: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1147: </TR></TABLE>
                   1148: <H3> 1.3.3 Sample Init File </H3>
                   1149: <!--docid::SEC12::-->
                   1150: <P>
                   1151: 
                   1152: Here is an example of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This illustrates key
                   1153: binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
                   1154: </P><P>
                   1155: 
                   1156: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre># This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
                   1157: # programs that use the GNU Readline library.  Existing
                   1158: # programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
                   1159: #
                   1160: # You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
                   1161: # Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
                   1162: #
                   1163: # First, include any system-wide bindings and variable
                   1164: # assignments from /etc/Inputrc
                   1165: $include /etc/Inputrc
                   1166: 
                   1167: #
                   1168: # Set various bindings for emacs mode.
                   1169: 
                   1170: set editing-mode emacs 
                   1171: 
                   1172: $if mode=emacs
                   1173: 
                   1174: Meta-Control-h:        backward-kill-word      Text after the function name is ignored
                   1175: 
                   1176: #
                   1177: # Arrow keys in keypad mode
                   1178: #
                   1179: #"\M-OD":        backward-char
                   1180: #"\M-OC":        forward-char
                   1181: #"\M-OA":        previous-history
                   1182: #"\M-OB":        next-history
                   1183: #
                   1184: # Arrow keys in ANSI mode
                   1185: #
                   1186: "\M-[D":        backward-char
                   1187: "\M-[C":        forward-char
                   1188: "\M-[A":        previous-history
                   1189: "\M-[B":        next-history
                   1190: #
                   1191: # Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
                   1192: #
                   1193: #"\M-\C-OD":       backward-char
                   1194: #"\M-\C-OC":       forward-char
                   1195: #"\M-\C-OA":       previous-history
                   1196: #"\M-\C-OB":       next-history
                   1197: #
                   1198: # Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
                   1199: #
                   1200: #"\M-\C-[D":       backward-char
                   1201: #"\M-\C-[C":       forward-char
                   1202: #"\M-\C-[A":       previous-history
                   1203: #"\M-\C-[B":       next-history
                   1204: 
                   1205: C-q: quoted-insert
                   1206: 
                   1207: $endif
                   1208: 
                   1209: # An old-style binding.  This happens to be the default.
                   1210: TAB: complete
                   1211: 
                   1212: # Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
                   1213: $if Bash
                   1214: # edit the path
                   1215: "\C-xp": "PATH=${PATH}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
                   1216: # prepare to type a quoted word --
                   1217: # insert open and close double quotes
                   1218: # and move to just after the open quote
                   1219: "\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
                   1220: # insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
                   1221: # in sequences and macros)
                   1222: "\C-x\\": "\\"
                   1223: # Quote the current or previous word
                   1224: "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
                   1225: # Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
                   1226: "\C-xr": redraw-current-line
                   1227: # Edit variable on current line.
                   1228: "\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
                   1229: $endif
                   1230: 
                   1231: # use a visible bell if one is available
                   1232: set bell-style visible
                   1233: 
                   1234: # don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
                   1235: set input-meta on
                   1236: 
                   1237: # allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
                   1238: # than converted to prefix-meta sequences
                   1239: set convert-meta off
                   1240: 
                   1241: # display characters with the eighth bit set directly
                   1242: # rather than as meta-prefixed characters
                   1243: set output-meta on
                   1244: 
                   1245: # if there are more than 150 possible completions for
                   1246: # a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them
                   1247: set completion-query-items 150
                   1248: 
                   1249: # For FTP
                   1250: $if Ftp
                   1251: "\C-xg": "get \M-?"
                   1252: "\C-xt": "put \M-?"
                   1253: "\M-.": yank-last-arg
                   1254: $endif
                   1255: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   1256: 
                   1257: <A NAME="Bindable Readline Commands"></A>
                   1258: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1259: <A NAME="SEC13"></A>
                   1260: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1261: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1262: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1263: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1264: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1265: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1266: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1267: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1268: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1269: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1270: </TR></TABLE>
                   1271: <H2> 1.4 Bindable Readline Commands </H2>
                   1272: <!--docid::SEC13::-->
                   1273: <P>
                   1274: 
                   1275: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                   1276: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the line.</TD></TR>
                   1277: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting at previous lines.</TD></TR>
                   1278: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for changing text.</TD></TR>
                   1279: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for killing and yanking.</TD></TR>
                   1280: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.</TD></TR>
                   1281: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting Readline to do the typing for you.</TD></TR>
                   1282: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Saving and re-executing typed characters</TD></TR>
                   1283: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Other miscellaneous commands.</TD></TR>
                   1284: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                   1285: <P>
                   1286: 
                   1287: This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
                   1288: sequences.
                   1289: Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
                   1290: </P><P>
                   1291: 
                   1292: In the following descriptions, <EM>point</EM> refers to the current cursor
                   1293: position, and <EM>mark</EM> refers to a cursor position saved by the
                   1294: <CODE>set-mark</CODE> command.
                   1295: The text between the point and mark is referred to as the <EM>region</EM>.
                   1296: </P><P>
                   1297: 
                   1298: <A NAME="Commands For Moving"></A>
                   1299: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1300: <A NAME="SEC14"></A>
                   1301: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1302: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1303: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1304: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1305: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1306: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1307: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1308: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1309: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1310: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1311: </TR></TABLE>
                   1312: <H3> 1.4.1 Commands For Moving </H3>
                   1313: <!--docid::SEC14::-->
                   1314: <DL COMPACT>
                   1315: <A NAME="IDX38"></A>
                   1316: <DT><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE>
                   1317: <DD><A NAME="IDX39"></A>
                   1318: Move to the start of the current line.
                   1319: <P>
                   1320: 
                   1321: <A NAME="IDX40"></A>
                   1322: <DT><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE>
                   1323: <DD><A NAME="IDX41"></A>
                   1324: Move to the end of the line.
                   1325: <P>
                   1326: 
                   1327: <A NAME="IDX42"></A>
                   1328: <DT><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE>
                   1329: <DD><A NAME="IDX43"></A>
                   1330: Move forward a character.
                   1331: <P>
                   1332: 
                   1333: <A NAME="IDX44"></A>
                   1334: <DT><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE>
                   1335: <DD><A NAME="IDX45"></A>
                   1336: Move back a character.
                   1337: <P>
                   1338: 
                   1339: <A NAME="IDX46"></A>
                   1340: <DT><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE>
                   1341: <DD><A NAME="IDX47"></A>
                   1342: Move forward to the end of the next word.
                   1343: Words are composed of letters and digits.
                   1344: <P>
                   1345: 
                   1346: <A NAME="IDX48"></A>
                   1347: <DT><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE>
                   1348: <DD><A NAME="IDX49"></A>
                   1349: Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
                   1350: Words are composed of letters and digits.
                   1351: <P>
                   1352: 
                   1353: <A NAME="IDX50"></A>
                   1354: <DT><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE>
                   1355: <DD><A NAME="IDX51"></A>
                   1356: Clear the screen and redraw the current line,
                   1357: leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
                   1358: <P>
                   1359: 
                   1360: <A NAME="IDX52"></A>
                   1361: <DT><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE>
                   1362: <DD><A NAME="IDX53"></A>
                   1363: Refresh the current line.  By default, this is unbound.
                   1364: <P>
                   1365: 
                   1366: </DL>
                   1367: <P>
                   1368: 
                   1369: <A NAME="Commands For History"></A>
                   1370: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1371: <A NAME="SEC15"></A>
                   1372: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1373: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1374: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1375: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1376: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1377: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1378: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1379: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1380: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1381: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1382: </TR></TABLE>
                   1383: <H3> 1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History </H3>
                   1384: <!--docid::SEC15::-->
                   1385: <P>
                   1386: 
                   1387: <DL COMPACT>
                   1388: <A NAME="IDX54"></A>
                   1389: <DT><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE>
                   1390: <DD><A NAME="IDX55"></A>
                   1391: Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
                   1392: If this line is
                   1393: non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
                   1394: <CODE>add_history()</CODE>.
                   1395: If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
                   1396: to its original state.
                   1397: <P>
                   1398: 
                   1399: <A NAME="IDX56"></A>
                   1400: <DT><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE>
                   1401: <DD><A NAME="IDX57"></A>
                   1402: Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
                   1403: <P>
                   1404: 
                   1405: <A NAME="IDX58"></A>
                   1406: <DT><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE>
                   1407: <DD><A NAME="IDX59"></A>
                   1408: Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
                   1409: <P>
                   1410: 
                   1411: <A NAME="IDX60"></A>
                   1412: <DT><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE>
                   1413: <DD><A NAME="IDX61"></A>
                   1414: Move to the first line in the history.
                   1415: <P>
                   1416: 
                   1417: <A NAME="IDX62"></A>
                   1418: <DT><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE>
                   1419: <DD><A NAME="IDX63"></A>
                   1420: Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
                   1421: being entered.
                   1422: <P>
                   1423: 
                   1424: <A NAME="IDX64"></A>
                   1425: <DT><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE>
                   1426: <DD><A NAME="IDX65"></A>
                   1427: Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
                   1428: the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
                   1429: <P>
                   1430: 
                   1431: <A NAME="IDX66"></A>
                   1432: <DT><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE>
                   1433: <DD><A NAME="IDX67"></A>
                   1434: Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
                   1435: the the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
                   1436: <P>
                   1437: 
                   1438: <A NAME="IDX68"></A>
                   1439: <DT><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE>
                   1440: <DD><A NAME="IDX69"></A>
                   1441: Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
                   1442: through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
                   1443: for a string supplied by the user.
                   1444: <P>
                   1445: 
                   1446: <A NAME="IDX70"></A>
                   1447: <DT><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE>
                   1448: <DD><A NAME="IDX71"></A>
                   1449: Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
                   1450: through the the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
                   1451: for a string supplied by the user.
                   1452: <P>
                   1453: 
                   1454: <A NAME="IDX72"></A>
                   1455: <DT><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE>
                   1456: <DD><A NAME="IDX73"></A>
                   1457: Search forward through the history for the string of characters
                   1458: between the start of the current line and the point.
                   1459: The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
                   1460: This is a non-incremental search.
                   1461: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1462: <P>
                   1463: 
                   1464: <A NAME="IDX74"></A>
                   1465: <DT><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE>
                   1466: <DD><A NAME="IDX75"></A>
                   1467: Search backward through the history for the string of characters
                   1468: between the start of the current line and the point.
                   1469: The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
                   1470: This is a non-incremental search.
                   1471: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1472: <P>
                   1473: 
                   1474: <A NAME="IDX76"></A>
                   1475: <DT><CODE>history-substr-search-forward ()</CODE>
                   1476: <DD><A NAME="IDX77"></A>
                   1477: Search forward through the history for the string of characters
                   1478: between the start of the current line and the point.
                   1479: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
                   1480: This is a non-incremental search.
                   1481: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1482: <P>
                   1483: 
                   1484: <A NAME="IDX78"></A>
                   1485: <DT><CODE>history-substr-search-backward ()</CODE>
                   1486: <DD><A NAME="IDX79"></A>
                   1487: Search backward through the history for the string of characters
                   1488: between the start of the current line and the point.
                   1489: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
                   1490: This is a non-incremental search.
                   1491: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1492: <P>
                   1493: 
                   1494: <A NAME="IDX80"></A>
                   1495: <DT><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE>
                   1496: <DD><A NAME="IDX81"></A>
                   1497: Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
                   1498: the second word on the previous line) at point.
                   1499: With an argument <VAR>n</VAR>,
                   1500: insert the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the previous command (the words
                   1501: in the previous command begin with word 0).  A negative argument
                   1502: inserts the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the end of the previous command.
                   1503: Once the argument <VAR>n</VAR> is computed, the argument is extracted
                   1504: as if the <SAMP>`!<VAR>n</VAR>'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
                   1505: <P>
                   1506: 
                   1507: <A NAME="IDX82"></A>
                   1508: <DT><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE>
                   1509: <DD><A NAME="IDX83"></A>
                   1510: Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
                   1511: previous history entry).
                   1512: With a numeric argument, behave exactly like <CODE>yank-nth-arg</CODE>.
                   1513: Successive calls to <CODE>yank-last-arg</CODE> move back through the history
                   1514: list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
                   1515: the first call) of each line in turn.
                   1516: Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
                   1517: the direction to move through the history.  A negative argument switches
                   1518: the direction through the history (back or forward).
                   1519: The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
                   1520: as if the <SAMP>`!$'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
                   1521: <P>
                   1522: 
                   1523: </DL>
                   1524: <P>
                   1525: 
                   1526: <A NAME="Commands For Text"></A>
                   1527: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1528: <A NAME="SEC16"></A>
                   1529: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1530: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1531: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1532: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1533: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1534: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1535: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1536: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1537: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1538: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1539: </TR></TABLE>
                   1540: <H3> 1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text </H3>
                   1541: <!--docid::SEC16::-->
                   1542: <P>
                   1543: 
                   1544: <DL COMPACT>
                   1545: 
                   1546: <A NAME="IDX84"></A>
                   1547: <DT><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE>
                   1548: <DD><A NAME="IDX85"></A>
                   1549: The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by
                   1550: <CODE>stty</CODE>.  If this character is read when there are no characters
                   1551: on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline
                   1552: interprets it as the end of input and returns EOF.
                   1553: <P>
                   1554: 
                   1555: <A NAME="IDX86"></A>
                   1556: <DT><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE>
                   1557: <DD><A NAME="IDX87"></A>
                   1558: Delete the character at point.  If this function is bound to the
                   1559: same character as the tty EOF character, as <KBD>C-d</KBD>
                   1560: commonly is, see above for the effects.
                   1561: <P>
                   1562: 
                   1563: <A NAME="IDX88"></A>
                   1564: <DT><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE>
                   1565: <DD><A NAME="IDX89"></A>
                   1566: Delete the character behind the cursor.  A numeric argument means
                   1567: to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
                   1568: <P>
                   1569: 
                   1570: <A NAME="IDX90"></A>
                   1571: <DT><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE>
                   1572: <DD><A NAME="IDX91"></A>
                   1573: Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
                   1574: end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
                   1575: deleted.  By default, this is not bound to a key.
                   1576: <P>
                   1577: 
                   1578: <A NAME="IDX92"></A>
                   1579: <DT><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE>
                   1580: <DD><A NAME="IDX93"></A>
                   1581: Add the next character typed to the line verbatim.  This is
                   1582: how to insert key sequences like <KBD>C-q</KBD>, for example.
                   1583: <P>
                   1584: 
                   1585: <A NAME="IDX94"></A>
                   1586: <DT><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
                   1587: <DD><A NAME="IDX95"></A>
                   1588: Insert a tab character.
                   1589: <P>
                   1590: 
                   1591: <A NAME="IDX96"></A>
                   1592: <DT><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
                   1593: <DD><A NAME="IDX97"></A>
                   1594: Insert yourself.
                   1595: <P>
                   1596: 
                   1597: <A NAME="IDX98"></A>
                   1598: <DT><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE>
                   1599: <DD><A NAME="IDX99"></A>
                   1600: Drag the character before the cursor forward over
                   1601: the character at the cursor, moving the
                   1602: cursor forward as well.  If the insertion point
                   1603: is at the end of the line, then this
                   1604: transposes the last two characters of the line.
                   1605: Negative arguments have no effect.
                   1606: <P>
                   1607: 
                   1608: <A NAME="IDX100"></A>
                   1609: <DT><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE>
                   1610: <DD><A NAME="IDX101"></A>
                   1611: Drag the word before point past the word after point,
                   1612: moving point past that word as well.
                   1613: If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
                   1614: the last two words on the line.
                   1615: <P>
                   1616: 
                   1617: <A NAME="IDX102"></A>
                   1618: <DT><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE>
                   1619: <DD><A NAME="IDX103"></A>
                   1620: Uppercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
                   1621: uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
                   1622: <P>
                   1623: 
                   1624: <A NAME="IDX104"></A>
                   1625: <DT><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE>
                   1626: <DD><A NAME="IDX105"></A>
                   1627: Lowercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
                   1628: lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
                   1629: <P>
                   1630: 
                   1631: <A NAME="IDX106"></A>
                   1632: <DT><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE>
                   1633: <DD><A NAME="IDX107"></A>
                   1634: Capitalize the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
                   1635: capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
                   1636: <P>
                   1637: 
                   1638: <A NAME="IDX108"></A>
                   1639: <DT><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE>
                   1640: <DD><A NAME="IDX109"></A>
                   1641: Toggle overwrite mode.  With an explicit positive numeric argument,
                   1642: switches to overwrite mode.  With an explicit non-positive numeric
                   1643: argument, switches to insert mode.  This command affects only
                   1644: <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode; <CODE>vi</CODE> mode does overwrite differently.
                   1645: Each call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> starts in insert mode.
                   1646: <P>
                   1647: 
                   1648: In overwrite mode, characters bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> replace
                   1649: the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
                   1650: Characters bound to <CODE>backward-delete-char</CODE> replace the character
                   1651: before point with a space.
                   1652: </P><P>
                   1653: 
                   1654: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1655: </P><P>
                   1656: 
                   1657: </DL>
                   1658: <P>
                   1659: 
                   1660: <A NAME="Commands For Killing"></A>
                   1661: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1662: <A NAME="SEC17"></A>
                   1663: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1664: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1665: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1666: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1667: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1668: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1669: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1670: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1671: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1672: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1673: </TR></TABLE>
                   1674: <H3> 1.4.4 Killing And Yanking </H3>
                   1675: <!--docid::SEC17::-->
                   1676: <P>
                   1677: 
                   1678: <DL COMPACT>
                   1679: 
                   1680: <A NAME="IDX110"></A>
                   1681: <DT><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE>
                   1682: <DD><A NAME="IDX111"></A>
                   1683: Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
                   1684: <P>
                   1685: 
                   1686: <A NAME="IDX112"></A>
                   1687: <DT><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE>
                   1688: <DD><A NAME="IDX113"></A>
                   1689: Kill backward to the beginning of the line.
                   1690: <P>
                   1691: 
                   1692: <A NAME="IDX114"></A>
                   1693: <DT><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE>
                   1694: <DD><A NAME="IDX115"></A>
                   1695: Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
                   1696: <P>
                   1697: 
                   1698: <A NAME="IDX116"></A>
                   1699: <DT><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE>
                   1700: <DD><A NAME="IDX117"></A>
                   1701: Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
                   1702: By default, this is unbound.
                   1703: <P>
                   1704: 
                   1705: <A NAME="IDX118"></A>
                   1706: <DT><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE>
                   1707: <DD><A NAME="IDX119"></A>
                   1708: Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
                   1709: words, to the end of the next word.
                   1710: Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
                   1711: <P>
                   1712: 
                   1713: <A NAME="IDX120"></A>
                   1714: <DT><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE>
                   1715: <DD><A NAME="IDX121"></A>
                   1716: Kill the word behind point.
                   1717: Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
                   1718: <P>
                   1719: 
                   1720: <A NAME="IDX122"></A>
                   1721: <DT><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE>
                   1722: <DD><A NAME="IDX123"></A>
                   1723: Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
                   1724: The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
                   1725: <P>
                   1726: 
                   1727: <A NAME="IDX124"></A>
                   1728: <DT><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE>
                   1729: <DD><A NAME="IDX125"></A>
                   1730: Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
                   1731: as the word boundaries.
                   1732: The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
                   1733: <P>
                   1734: 
                   1735: <A NAME="IDX126"></A>
                   1736: <DT><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE>
                   1737: <DD><A NAME="IDX127"></A>
                   1738: Delete all spaces and tabs around point.  By default, this is unbound.
                   1739: <P>
                   1740: 
                   1741: <A NAME="IDX128"></A>
                   1742: <DT><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE>
                   1743: <DD><A NAME="IDX129"></A>
                   1744: Kill the text in the current region.
                   1745: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1746: <P>
                   1747: 
                   1748: <A NAME="IDX130"></A>
                   1749: <DT><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE>
                   1750: <DD><A NAME="IDX131"></A>
                   1751: Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
                   1752: right away.  By default, this command is unbound.
                   1753: <P>
                   1754: 
                   1755: <A NAME="IDX132"></A>
                   1756: <DT><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE>
                   1757: <DD><A NAME="IDX133"></A>
                   1758: Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
                   1759: The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
                   1760: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1761: <P>
                   1762: 
                   1763: <A NAME="IDX134"></A>
                   1764: <DT><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE>
                   1765: <DD><A NAME="IDX135"></A>
                   1766: Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
                   1767: The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
                   1768: By default, this command is unbound.
                   1769: <P>
                   1770: 
                   1771: <A NAME="IDX136"></A>
                   1772: <DT><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE>
                   1773: <DD><A NAME="IDX137"></A>
                   1774: Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
                   1775: <P>
                   1776: 
                   1777: <A NAME="IDX138"></A>
                   1778: <DT><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE>
                   1779: <DD><A NAME="IDX139"></A>
                   1780: Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
                   1781: the prior command is <CODE>yank</CODE> or <CODE>yank-pop</CODE>.
                   1782: </DL>
                   1783: <P>
                   1784: 
                   1785: <A NAME="Numeric Arguments"></A>
                   1786: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1787: <A NAME="SEC18"></A>
                   1788: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1789: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1790: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1791: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1792: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1793: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1794: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1795: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1796: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1797: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1798: </TR></TABLE>
                   1799: <H3> 1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments </H3>
                   1800: <!--docid::SEC18::-->
                   1801: <DL COMPACT>
                   1802: 
                   1803: <A NAME="IDX140"></A>
                   1804: <DT><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE>
                   1805: <DD><A NAME="IDX141"></A>
                   1806: Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
                   1807: argument.  <KBD>M--</KBD> starts a negative argument.
                   1808: <P>
                   1809: 
                   1810: <A NAME="IDX142"></A>
                   1811: <DT><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE>
                   1812: <DD><A NAME="IDX143"></A>
                   1813: This is another way to specify an argument.
                   1814: If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
                   1815: leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
                   1816: If the command is followed by digits, executing <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>
                   1817: again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
                   1818: As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
                   1819: character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count
                   1820: for the next command is multiplied by four.
                   1821: The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
                   1822: first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
                   1823: argument count sixteen, and so on.
                   1824: By default, this is not bound to a key.
                   1825: </DL>
                   1826: <P>
                   1827: 
                   1828: <A NAME="Commands For Completion"></A>
                   1829: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1830: <A NAME="SEC19"></A>
                   1831: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1832: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1833: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1834: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1835: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1836: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1837: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1838: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1839: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1840: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1841: </TR></TABLE>
                   1842: <H3> 1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You </H3>
                   1843: <!--docid::SEC19::-->
                   1844: <P>
                   1845: 
                   1846: <DL COMPACT>
                   1847: <A NAME="IDX144"></A>
                   1848: <DT><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
                   1849: <DD><A NAME="IDX145"></A>
                   1850: Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
                   1851: The actual completion performed is application-specific.
                   1852: The default is filename completion.
                   1853: <P>
                   1854: 
                   1855: <A NAME="IDX146"></A>
                   1856: <DT><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE>
                   1857: <DD><A NAME="IDX147"></A>
                   1858: List the possible completions of the text before point.
                   1859: When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used
                   1860: for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
                   1861: the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
                   1862: <P>
                   1863: 
                   1864: <A NAME="IDX148"></A>
                   1865: <DT><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE>
                   1866: <DD><A NAME="IDX149"></A>
                   1867: Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
                   1868: been generated by <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
                   1869: <P>
                   1870: 
                   1871: <A NAME="IDX150"></A>
                   1872: <DT><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE>
                   1873: <DD><A NAME="IDX151"></A>
                   1874: Similar to <CODE>complete</CODE>, but replaces the word to be completed
                   1875: with a single match from the list of possible completions.
                   1876: Repeated execution of <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> steps through the list
                   1877: of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
                   1878: At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
                   1879: (subject to the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>)
                   1880: and the original text is restored.
                   1881: An argument of <VAR>n</VAR> moves <VAR>n</VAR> positions forward in the list
                   1882: of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
                   1883: through the list.
                   1884: This command is intended to be bound to <KBD>TAB</KBD>, but is unbound
                   1885: by default.
                   1886: <P>
                   1887: 
                   1888: <A NAME="IDX152"></A>
                   1889: <DT><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE>
                   1890: <DD><A NAME="IDX153"></A>
                   1891: Identical to <CODE>menu-complete</CODE>, but moves backward through the list
                   1892: of possible completions, as if <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> had been given a
                   1893: negative argument.
                   1894: <P>
                   1895: 
                   1896: <A NAME="IDX154"></A>
                   1897: <DT><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE>
                   1898: <DD><A NAME="IDX155"></A>
                   1899: Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
                   1900: end of the line (like <CODE>delete-char</CODE>).
                   1901: If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
                   1902: <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
                   1903: This command is unbound by default.
                   1904: <P>
                   1905: 
                   1906: </DL>
                   1907: <P>
                   1908: 
                   1909: <A NAME="Keyboard Macros"></A>
                   1910: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1911: <A NAME="SEC20"></A>
                   1912: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1913: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1914: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1915: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1916: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1917: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1918: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1919: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1920: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1921: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1922: </TR></TABLE>
                   1923: <H3> 1.4.7 Keyboard Macros </H3>
                   1924: <!--docid::SEC20::-->
                   1925: <DL COMPACT>
                   1926: 
                   1927: <A NAME="IDX156"></A>
                   1928: <DT><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE>
                   1929: <DD><A NAME="IDX157"></A>
                   1930: Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
                   1931: <P>
                   1932: 
                   1933: <A NAME="IDX158"></A>
                   1934: <DT><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE>
                   1935: <DD><A NAME="IDX159"></A>
                   1936: Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
                   1937: and save the definition.
                   1938: <P>
                   1939: 
                   1940: <A NAME="IDX160"></A>
                   1941: <DT><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE>
                   1942: <DD><A NAME="IDX161"></A>
                   1943: Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
                   1944: in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
                   1945: <P>
                   1946: 
                   1947: <A NAME="IDX162"></A>
                   1948: <DT><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE>
                   1949: <DD><A NAME="IDX163"></A>
                   1950: Print the last keboard macro defined in a format suitable for the
                   1951: <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.
                   1952: <P>
                   1953: 
                   1954: </DL>
                   1955: <P>
                   1956: 
                   1957: <A NAME="Miscellaneous Commands"></A>
                   1958: <HR SIZE="6">
                   1959: <A NAME="SEC21"></A>
                   1960: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   1961: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1962: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1963: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   1964: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   1965: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   1966: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   1967: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   1968: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   1969: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   1970: </TR></TABLE>
                   1971: <H3> 1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands </H3>
                   1972: <!--docid::SEC21::-->
                   1973: <DL COMPACT>
                   1974: 
                   1975: <A NAME="IDX164"></A>
                   1976: <DT><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE>
                   1977: <DD><A NAME="IDX165"></A>
                   1978: Read in the contents of the <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file, and incorporate
                   1979: any bindings or variable assignments found there.
                   1980: <P>
                   1981: 
                   1982: <A NAME="IDX166"></A>
                   1983: <DT><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE>
                   1984: <DD><A NAME="IDX167"></A>
                   1985: Abort the current editing command and
                   1986: ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
                   1987: <CODE>bell-style</CODE>).
                   1988: <P>
                   1989: 
                   1990: <A NAME="IDX168"></A>
                   1991: <DT><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
                   1992: <DD><A NAME="IDX169"></A>
                   1993: If the metafied character <VAR>x</VAR> is lowercase, run the command
                   1994: that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
                   1995: <P>
                   1996: 
                   1997: <A NAME="IDX170"></A>
                   1998: <DT><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE>
                   1999: <DD><A NAME="IDX171"></A>
                   2000: Metafy the next character typed.  This is for keyboards
                   2001: without a meta key.  Typing <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> f'</SAMP> is equivalent to typing
                   2002: <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
                   2003: <P>
                   2004: 
                   2005: <A NAME="IDX172"></A>
                   2006: <DT><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE>
                   2007: <DD><A NAME="IDX173"></A>
                   2008: Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
                   2009: <P>
                   2010: 
                   2011: <A NAME="IDX174"></A>
                   2012: <DT><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE>
                   2013: <DD><A NAME="IDX175"></A>
                   2014: Undo all changes made to this line.  This is like executing the <CODE>undo</CODE>
                   2015: command enough times to get back to the beginning.
                   2016: <P>
                   2017: 
                   2018: <A NAME="IDX176"></A>
                   2019: <DT><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE>
                   2020: <DD><A NAME="IDX177"></A>
                   2021: Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
                   2022: <P>
                   2023: 
                   2024: <A NAME="IDX178"></A>
                   2025: <DT><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE>
                   2026: <DD><A NAME="IDX179"></A>
                   2027: Set the mark to the point.  If a
                   2028: numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
                   2029: <P>
                   2030: 
                   2031: <A NAME="IDX180"></A>
                   2032: <DT><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE>
                   2033: <DD><A NAME="IDX181"></A>
                   2034: Swap the point with the mark.  The current cursor position is set to
                   2035: the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
                   2036: <P>
                   2037: 
                   2038: <A NAME="IDX182"></A>
                   2039: <DT><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE>
                   2040: <DD><A NAME="IDX183"></A>
                   2041: A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
                   2042: character.  A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
                   2043: <P>
                   2044: 
                   2045: <A NAME="IDX184"></A>
                   2046: <DT><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE>
                   2047: <DD><A NAME="IDX185"></A>
                   2048: A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
                   2049: of that character.  A negative count searches for subsequent
                   2050: occurrences.
                   2051: <P>
                   2052: 
                   2053: <A NAME="IDX186"></A>
                   2054: <DT><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE>
                   2055: <DD><A NAME="IDX187"></A>
                   2056: Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
                   2057: defined for keys like Home and End.  Such sequences begin with a
                   2058: Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[.  If this sequence is
                   2059: bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
                   2060: unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
                   2061: stray characters into the editing buffer.  This is unbound by default,
                   2062: but usually bound to ESC-[.
                   2063: <P>
                   2064: 
                   2065: <A NAME="IDX188"></A>
                   2066: <DT><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE>
                   2067: <DD><A NAME="IDX189"></A>
                   2068: Without a numeric argument, the value of the <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
                   2069: variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
                   2070: If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle:  if
                   2071: the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
                   2072: of <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>, the value is inserted, otherwise
                   2073: the characters in <CODE>comment-begin</CODE> are deleted from the beginning of
                   2074: the line.
                   2075: In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
                   2076: <P>
                   2077: 
                   2078: <A NAME="IDX190"></A>
                   2079: <DT><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE>
                   2080: <DD><A NAME="IDX191"></A>
                   2081: Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
                   2082: Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
                   2083: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
                   2084: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
                   2085: <P>
                   2086: 
                   2087: <A NAME="IDX192"></A>
                   2088: <DT><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE>
                   2089: <DD><A NAME="IDX193"></A>
                   2090: Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
                   2091: Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
                   2092: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
                   2093: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
                   2094: <P>
                   2095: 
                   2096: <A NAME="IDX194"></A>
                   2097: <DT><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE>
                   2098: <DD><A NAME="IDX195"></A>
                   2099: Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
                   2100: strings they output.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
                   2101: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
                   2102: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
                   2103: <P>
                   2104: 
                   2105: <A NAME="IDX196"></A>
                   2106: <DT><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE>
                   2107: <DD><A NAME="IDX197"></A>
                   2108: When in <CODE>vi</CODE> command mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>emacs</CODE>
                   2109: editing mode.
                   2110: <P>
                   2111: 
                   2112: <A NAME="IDX198"></A>
                   2113: <DT><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE>
                   2114: <DD><A NAME="IDX199"></A>
                   2115: When in <CODE>emacs</CODE> editing mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>vi</CODE>
                   2116: editing mode.
                   2117: <P>
                   2118: 
                   2119: </DL>
                   2120: <P>
                   2121: 
                   2122: <A NAME="Readline vi Mode"></A>
                   2123: <HR SIZE="6">
                   2124: <A NAME="SEC22"></A>
                   2125: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   2126: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2127: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2128: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   2129: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   2130: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2131: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   2132: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   2133: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   2134: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   2135: </TR></TABLE>
                   2136: <H2> 1.5 Readline vi Mode </H2>
                   2137: <!--docid::SEC22::-->
                   2138: <P>
                   2139: 
                   2140: While the Readline library does not have a full set of <CODE>vi</CODE>
                   2141: editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
                   2142: of the line.  The Readline <CODE>vi</CODE> mode behaves as specified in
                   2143: the POSIX standard.
                   2144: </P><P>
                   2145: 
                   2146: In order to switch interactively between <CODE>emacs</CODE> and <CODE>vi</CODE>
                   2147: editing modes, use the command <KBD>M-C-j</KBD> (bound to emacs-editing-mode
                   2148: when in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode and to vi-editing-mode in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode).
                   2149: The Readline default is <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
                   2150: </P><P>
                   2151: 
                   2152: When you enter a line in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode, you are already placed in
                   2153: `insertion' mode, as if you had typed an <SAMP>`i'</SAMP>.  Pressing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
                   2154: switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
                   2155: line with the standard <CODE>vi</CODE> movement keys, move to previous
                   2156: history lines with <SAMP>`k'</SAMP> and subsequent lines with <SAMP>`j'</SAMP>, and
                   2157: so forth.
                   2158: </P><P>
                   2159: 
                   2160: This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
                   2161: in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
                   2162: to provide a command line interface.
                   2163: </P><P>
                   2164: 
                   2165: Copyright (C) 1988--2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
                   2166: </P><P>
                   2167: 
                   2168: Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
                   2169: this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
                   2170: pare preserved on all copies.
                   2171: </P><P>
                   2172: 
                   2173: Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
                   2174: manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
                   2175: resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
                   2176: notice identical to this one.
                   2177: </P><P>
                   2178: 
                   2179: Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
                   2180: into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
                   2181: except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
                   2182: by the Foundation.
                   2183: </P><P>
                   2184: 
                   2185: <A NAME="Programming with GNU Readline"></A>
                   2186: <HR SIZE="6">
                   2187: <A NAME="SEC23"></A>
                   2188: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   2189: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2190: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2191: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   2192: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   2193: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2194: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   2195: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   2196: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   2197: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   2198: </TR></TABLE>
                   2199: <H1> 2. Programming with GNU Readline </H1>
                   2200: <!--docid::SEC23::-->
                   2201: <P>
                   2202: 
                   2203: This chapter describes the interface between the GNU Readline Library and
                   2204: other programs.  If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the
                   2205: features found in GNU Readline
                   2206: such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation
                   2207: in your own programs, this section is for you.
                   2208: </P><P>
                   2209: 
                   2210: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                   2211: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using the default behavior of Readline.</TD></TR>
                   2212: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Adding your own functions to Readline.</TD></TR>
                   2213: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables accessible to custom
                   2214:                                        functions.</TD></TR>
                   2215: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions which Readline supplies to
                   2216:                                        aid in writing your own custom
                   2217:                                        functions.</TD></TR>
                   2218: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How Readline behaves when it receives signals.</TD></TR>
                   2219: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Supplanting or supplementing Readline's
                   2220:                        completion functions.</TD></TR>
                   2221: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                   2222: <P>
                   2223: 
                   2224: <A NAME="Basic Behavior"></A>
                   2225: <HR SIZE="6">
                   2226: <A NAME="SEC24"></A>
                   2227: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   2228: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2229: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2230: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   2231: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   2232: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2233: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   2234: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   2235: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   2236: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   2237: </TR></TABLE>
                   2238: <H2> 2.1 Basic Behavior </H2>
                   2239: <!--docid::SEC24::-->
                   2240: <P>
                   2241: 
                   2242: Many programs provide a command line interface, such as <CODE>mail</CODE>,
                   2243: <CODE>ftp</CODE>, and <CODE>sh</CODE>.  For such programs, the default behaviour of
                   2244: Readline is sufficient.  This section describes how to use Readline in
                   2245: the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to
                   2246: <CODE>gets()</CODE> or <CODE>fgets()</CODE>.
                   2247: </P><P>
                   2248: 
                   2249: <A NAME="IDX200"></A>
                   2250: <A NAME="IDX201"></A>
                   2251: </P><P>
                   2252: 
                   2253: The function <CODE>readline()</CODE> prints a prompt <VAR>prompt</VAR>
                   2254: and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user.
                   2255: If <VAR>prompt</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE> or the empty string, no prompt is displayed.
                   2256: The line <CODE>readline</CODE> returns is allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>;
                   2257: the caller should <CODE>free()</CODE> the line when it has finished with it.
                   2258: The declaration for <CODE>readline</CODE> in ANSI C is
                   2259: </P><P>
                   2260: 
                   2261: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *readline (const char *<VAR>prompt</VAR>);</CODE>
                   2262: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   2263: 
                   2264: So, one might say
                   2265: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");</CODE>
                   2266: </pre></td></tr></table>in order to read a line of text from the user.
                   2267: The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the
                   2268: text remains.
                   2269: </P><P>
                   2270: 
                   2271: If <CODE>readline</CODE> encounters an <CODE>EOF</CODE> while reading the line, and the
                   2272: line is empty at that point, then <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> is returned.
                   2273: Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed.
                   2274: </P><P>
                   2275: 
                   2276: If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with
                   2277: <KBD>C-p</KBD> for example), you must call <CODE>add_history()</CODE> to save the
                   2278: line away in a <EM>history</EM> list of such lines.
                   2279: </P><P>
                   2280: 
                   2281: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>add_history (line)</CODE>;
                   2282: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   2283: 
                   2284: For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual.
                   2285: </P><P>
                   2286: 
                   2287: It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since
                   2288: users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line.  Here is
                   2289: a function which usefully replaces the standard <CODE>gets()</CODE> library
                   2290: function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow:
                   2291: </P><P>
                   2292: 
                   2293: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* A static variable for holding the line. */
                   2294: static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
                   2295: 
                   2296: /* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.
                   2297:    Returns NULL on EOF. */
                   2298: char *
                   2299: rl_gets ()
                   2300: {
                   2301:   /* If the buffer has already been allocated,
                   2302:      return the memory to the free pool. */
                   2303:   if (line_read)
                   2304:     {
                   2305:       free (line_read);
                   2306:       line_read = (char *)NULL;
                   2307:     }
                   2308: 
                   2309:   /* Get a line from the user. */
                   2310:   line_read = readline ("");
                   2311: 
                   2312:   /* If the line has any text in it,
                   2313:      save it on the history. */
                   2314:   if (line_read &#38;&#38; *line_read)
                   2315:     add_history (line_read);
                   2316: 
                   2317:   return (line_read);
                   2318: }
                   2319: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   2320: 
                   2321: This function gives the user the default behaviour of <KBD>TAB</KBD>
                   2322: completion: completion on file names.  If you do not want Readline to
                   2323: complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the <KBD>TAB</KBD> key
                   2324: with <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
                   2325: </P><P>
                   2326: 
                   2327: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int rl_bind_key (int <VAR>key</VAR>, rl_command_func_t *<VAR>function</VAR>);</CODE>
                   2328: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   2329: 
                   2330: <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> takes two arguments: <VAR>key</VAR> is the character that
                   2331: you want to bind, and <VAR>function</VAR> is the address of the function to
                   2332: call when <VAR>key</VAR> is pressed.  Binding <KBD>TAB</KBD> to <CODE>rl_insert()</CODE>
                   2333: makes <KBD>TAB</KBD> insert itself.
                   2334: <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> returns non-zero if <VAR>key</VAR> is not a valid
                   2335: ASCII character code (between 0 and 255).
                   2336: </P><P>
                   2337: 
                   2338: Thus, to disable the default <KBD>TAB</KBD> behavior, the following suffices:
                   2339: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);</CODE>
                   2340: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   2341: 
                   2342: This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you
                   2343: might write a function called <CODE>initialize_readline()</CODE> which
                   2344: performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing
                   2345: custom completers (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>).
                   2346: </P><P>
                   2347: 
                   2348: <A NAME="Custom Functions"></A>
                   2349: <HR SIZE="6">
                   2350: <A NAME="SEC25"></A>
                   2351: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   2352: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2353: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2354: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2355: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   2356: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2357: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   2358: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   2359: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   2360: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   2361: </TR></TABLE>
                   2362: <H2> 2.2 Custom Functions </H2>
                   2363: <!--docid::SEC25::-->
                   2364: <P>
                   2365: 
                   2366: Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of
                   2367: the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all
                   2368: programs.  This section describes the various functions and variables
                   2369: defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add
                   2370: customized functionality to Readline.
                   2371: </P><P>
                   2372: 
                   2373: Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or
                   2374: using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an
                   2375: application writer should include the file <CODE>&#60;readline/readline.h&#62;</CODE>
                   2376: in any file that uses Readline's features.  Since some of the definitions
                   2377: in <CODE>readline.h</CODE> use the <CODE>stdio</CODE> library, the file
                   2378: <CODE>&#60;stdio.h&#62;</CODE> should be included before <CODE>readline.h</CODE>.
                   2379: </P><P>
                   2380: 
                   2381: <CODE>readline.h</CODE> defines a C preprocessor variable that should
                   2382: be treated as an integer, <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE>, which may
                   2383: be used to conditionally compile application code depending on
                   2384: the installed Readline version.  The value is a hexadecimal
                   2385: encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library,
                   2386: of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>.  <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major
                   2387: version number; <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number. 
                   2388: For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of
                   2389: <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE> would be <CODE>0x0402</CODE>. 
                   2390: </P><P>
                   2391: 
                   2392: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                   2393: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">C declarations to make code readable.</TD></TR>
                   2394: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables and calling conventions.</TD></TR>
                   2395: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                   2396: <P>
                   2397: 
                   2398: <A NAME="Readline Typedefs"></A>
                   2399: <HR SIZE="6">
                   2400: <A NAME="SEC26"></A>
                   2401: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   2402: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2403: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2404: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2405: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   2406: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2407: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   2408: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   2409: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   2410: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   2411: </TR></TABLE>
                   2412: <H3> 2.2.1 Readline Typedefs </H3>
                   2413: <!--docid::SEC26::-->
                   2414: <P>
                   2415: 
                   2416: For readability, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers
                   2417: to functions.
                   2418: </P><P>
                   2419: 
                   2420: The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write
                   2421: code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped
                   2422: arguments and return values.
                   2423: </P><P>
                   2424: 
                   2425: For instance, say we want to declare a variable <VAR>func</VAR> as a pointer
                   2426: to a function which takes two <CODE>int</CODE> arguments and returns an
                   2427: <CODE>int</CODE> (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions).
                   2428: Instead of the classic C declaration
                   2429: </P><P>
                   2430: 
                   2431: <CODE>int (*func)();</CODE>
                   2432: </P><P>
                   2433: 
                   2434: or the ANSI-C style declaration
                   2435: </P><P>
                   2436: 
                   2437: <CODE>int (*func)(int, int);</CODE>
                   2438: </P><P>
                   2439: 
                   2440: we may write
                   2441: </P><P>
                   2442: 
                   2443: <CODE>rl_command_func_t *func;</CODE>
                   2444: </P><P>
                   2445: 
                   2446: The full list of function pointer types available is
                   2447: </P><P>
                   2448: 
                   2449: <DL COMPACT>
                   2450: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);</CODE>
                   2451: <DD><P>
                   2452: 
                   2453: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);</CODE>
                   2454: <DD><P>
                   2455: 
                   2456: <DT><CODE>typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);</CODE>
                   2457: <DD><P>
                   2458: 
                   2459: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);</CODE>
                   2460: <DD><P>
                   2461: 
                   2462: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
                   2463: <DD><P>
                   2464: 
                   2465: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);</CODE>
                   2466: <DD><P>
                   2467: 
                   2468: <DT><CODE>typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);</CODE>
                   2469: <DD><P>
                   2470: 
                   2471: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);</CODE>
                   2472: <DD><P>
                   2473: 
                   2474: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);</CODE>
                   2475: <DD><P>
                   2476: 
                   2477: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
                   2478: <DD><P>
                   2479: 
                   2480: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);</CODE>
                   2481: <DD><DT><CODE>#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t</CODE>
                   2482: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
                   2483: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
                   2484: <DD><P>
                   2485: 
                   2486: <DT><CODE>typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);</CODE>
                   2487: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);</CODE>
                   2488: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
                   2489: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
                   2490: <DD><P>
                   2491: 
                   2492: </DL>
                   2493: <P>
                   2494: 
                   2495: <A NAME="Function Writing"></A>
                   2496: <HR SIZE="6">
                   2497: <A NAME="SEC27"></A>
                   2498: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   2499: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2500: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2501: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2502: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   2503: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2504: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   2505: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   2506: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   2507: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   2508: </TR></TABLE>
                   2509: <H3> 2.2.2 Writing a New Function </H3>
                   2510: <!--docid::SEC27::-->
                   2511: <P>
                   2512: 
                   2513: In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the
                   2514: calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the
                   2515: variables that describe the current state of the line read so far.
                   2516: </P><P>
                   2517: 
                   2518: The calling sequence for a command <CODE>foo</CODE> looks like
                   2519: </P><P>
                   2520: 
                   2521: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int foo (int count, int key)</CODE>
                   2522: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   2523: 
                   2524: where <VAR>count</VAR> is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and
                   2525: <VAR>key</VAR> is the key that invoked this function.
                   2526: </P><P>
                   2527: 
                   2528: It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the
                   2529: numeric argument.  Some functions use it as a repeat count, some
                   2530: as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current
                   2531: line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example).  Some choose to
                   2532: ignore it.  In general, if a
                   2533: function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able
                   2534: to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments.
                   2535: At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a
                   2536: negative argument.
                   2537: </P><P>
                   2538: 
                   2539: A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully,
                   2540: and a non-zero value if some error occurs.
                   2541: This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable
                   2542: command functions.
                   2543: </P><P>
                   2544: 
                   2545: <A NAME="Readline Variables"></A>
                   2546: <HR SIZE="6">
                   2547: <A NAME="SEC28"></A>
                   2548: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   2549: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2550: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2551: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   2552: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   2553: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   2554: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   2555: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   2556: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   2557: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   2558: </TR></TABLE>
                   2559: <H2> 2.3 Readline Variables </H2>
                   2560: <!--docid::SEC28::-->
                   2561: <P>
                   2562: 
                   2563: These variables are available to function writers.
                   2564: </P><P>
                   2565: 
                   2566: <A NAME="IDX202"></A>
                   2567: <DL>
                   2568: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_line_buffer</B>
                   2569: <DD>This is the line gathered so far.  You are welcome to modify the
                   2570: contents of the line, but see <A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>.  The
                   2571: function <CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE> is available to increase
                   2572: the memory allocated to <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
                   2573: </DL>
                   2574: </P><P>
                   2575: 
                   2576: <A NAME="IDX203"></A>
                   2577: <DL>
                   2578: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_point</B>
                   2579: <DD>The offset of the current cursor position in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>
                   2580: (the <EM>point</EM>).
                   2581: </DL>
                   2582: </P><P>
                   2583: 
                   2584: <A NAME="IDX204"></A>
                   2585: <DL>
                   2586: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_end</B>
                   2587: <DD>The number of characters present in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.  When
                   2588: <CODE>rl_point</CODE> is at the end of the line, <CODE>rl_point</CODE> and
                   2589: <CODE>rl_end</CODE> are equal.
                   2590: </DL>
                   2591: </P><P>
                   2592: 
                   2593: <A NAME="IDX205"></A>
                   2594: <DL>
                   2595: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_mark</B>
                   2596: <DD>The <VAR>mark</VAR> (saved position) in the current line.  If set, the mark
                   2597: and point define a <EM>region</EM>.
                   2598: </DL>
                   2599: </P><P>
                   2600: 
                   2601: <A NAME="IDX206"></A>
                   2602: <DL>
                   2603: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_done</B>
                   2604: <DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current
                   2605: line immediately.
                   2606: </DL>
                   2607: </P><P>
                   2608: 
                   2609: <A NAME="IDX207"></A>
                   2610: <DL>
                   2611: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_num_chars_to_read</B>
                   2612: <DD>Setting this to a positive value before calling <CODE>readline()</CODE> causes
                   2613: Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather
                   2614: than reading up to a character bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>.
                   2615: </DL>
                   2616: </P><P>
                   2617: 
                   2618: <A NAME="IDX208"></A>
                   2619: <DL>
                   2620: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_pending_input</B>
                   2621: <DD>Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read.  This is a
                   2622: way to stuff a single character into the input stream.
                   2623: </DL>
                   2624: </P><P>
                   2625: 
                   2626: <A NAME="IDX209"></A>
                   2627: <DL>
                   2628: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_dispatching</B>
                   2629: <DD>Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding;
                   2630: zero otherwise.  Application functions can test this to discover whether
                   2631: they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism.
                   2632: </DL>
                   2633: </P><P>
                   2634: 
                   2635: <A NAME="IDX210"></A>
                   2636: <DL>
                   2637: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_erase_empty_line</B>
                   2638: <DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase
                   2639: the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as
                   2640: the only character on an otherwise-empty line.  The cursor is moved to
                   2641: the beginning of the newly-blank line.
                   2642: </DL>
                   2643: </P><P>
                   2644: 
                   2645: <A NAME="IDX211"></A>
                   2646: <DL>
                   2647: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_prompt</B>
                   2648: <DD>The prompt Readline uses.  This is set from the argument to
                   2649: <CODE>readline()</CODE>, and should not be assigned to directly.
                   2650: The <CODE>rl_set_prompt()</CODE> function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) may
                   2651: be used to modify the prompt string after calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
                   2652: </DL>
                   2653: </P><P>
                   2654: 
                   2655: <A NAME="IDX212"></A>
                   2656: <DL>
                   2657: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_display_prompt</B>
                   2658: <DD>The string displayed as the prompt.  This is usually identical to
                   2659: <VAR>rl_prompt</VAR>, but may be changed temporarily by functions that
                   2660: use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search.
                   2661: </DL>
                   2662: </P><P>
                   2663: 
                   2664: <A NAME="IDX213"></A>
                   2665: <DL>
                   2666: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_already_prompted</B>
                   2667: <DD>If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have
                   2668: Readline do it the first time <CODE>readline()</CODE> is called, it should set
                   2669: this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt.
                   2670: The prompt must also be passed as the argument to <CODE>readline()</CODE> so
                   2671: the redisplay functions can update the display properly.
                   2672: The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline
                   2673: never sets it.
                   2674: </DL>
                   2675: </P><P>
                   2676: 
                   2677: <A NAME="IDX214"></A>
                   2678: <DL>
                   2679: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_library_version</B>
                   2680: <DD>The version number of this revision of the library.
                   2681: </DL>
                   2682: </P><P>
                   2683: 
                   2684: <A NAME="IDX215"></A>
                   2685: <DL>
                   2686: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_version</B>
                   2687: <DD>An integer encoding the current version of the library.  The encoding is
                   2688: of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>, where <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major version
                   2689: number, and <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number.
                   2690: For example, for Readline-4.2, <CODE>rl_readline_version</CODE> would have the
                   2691: value 0x0402.
                   2692: </DL>
                   2693: </P><P>
                   2694: 
                   2695: <A NAME="IDX216"></A>
                   2696: <DL>
                   2697: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_gnu_readline_p</B>
                   2698: <DD>Always set to 1, denoting that this is GNU readline rather than some
                   2699: emulation.
                   2700: </DL>
                   2701: </P><P>
                   2702: 
                   2703: <A NAME="IDX217"></A>
                   2704: <DL>
                   2705: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_terminal_name</B>
                   2706: <DD>The terminal type, used for initialization.  If not set by the application,
                   2707: Readline sets this to the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE> environment variable
                   2708: the first time it is called.
                   2709: </DL>
                   2710: </P><P>
                   2711: 
                   2712: <A NAME="IDX218"></A>
                   2713: <DL>
                   2714: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_readline_name</B>
                   2715: <DD>This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline.
                   2716: The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file
                   2717: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).
                   2718: </DL>
                   2719: </P><P>
                   2720: 
                   2721: <A NAME="IDX219"></A>
                   2722: <DL>
                   2723: <DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_instream</B>
                   2724: <DD>The stdio stream from which Readline reads input.
                   2725: If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdin</VAR>.
                   2726: </DL>
                   2727: </P><P>
                   2728: 
                   2729: <A NAME="IDX220"></A>
                   2730: <DL>
                   2731: <DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_outstream</B>
                   2732: <DD>The stdio stream to which Readline performs output.
                   2733: If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdout</VAR>.
                   2734: </DL>
                   2735: </P><P>
                   2736: 
                   2737: <A NAME="IDX221"></A>
                   2738: <DL>
                   2739: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_prefer_env_winsize</B>
                   2740: <DD>If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the <CODE>LINES</CODE> and
                   2741: <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE> environment variables greater precedence than values fetched
                   2742: from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions.
                   2743: </DL>
                   2744: </P><P>
                   2745: 
                   2746: <A NAME="IDX222"></A>
                   2747: <DL>
                   2748: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_last_func</B>
                   2749: <DD>The address of the last command function Readline executed.  May be used to
                   2750: test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for
                   2751: example.
                   2752: </DL>
                   2753: </P><P>
                   2754: 
                   2755: <A NAME="IDX223"></A>
                   2756: <DL>
                   2757: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_startup_hook</B>
                   2758: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just
                   2759: before <CODE>readline</CODE> prints the first prompt.
                   2760: </DL>
                   2761: </P><P>
                   2762: 
                   2763: <A NAME="IDX224"></A>
                   2764: <DL>
                   2765: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_pre_input_hook</B>
                   2766: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after
                   2767: the first prompt has been printed and just before <CODE>readline</CODE>
                   2768: starts reading input characters.
                   2769: </DL>
                   2770: </P><P>
                   2771: 
                   2772: <A NAME="IDX225"></A>
                   2773: <DL>
                   2774: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_event_hook</B>
                   2775: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically
                   2776: when Readline is waiting for terminal input.
                   2777: By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there
                   2778: is no keyboard input.
                   2779: </DL>
                   2780: </P><P>
                   2781: 
                   2782: <A NAME="IDX226"></A>
                   2783: <DL>
                   2784: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_getc_func_t * <B>rl_getc_function</B>
                   2785: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
                   2786: to get a character from the input stream.  By default, it is set to
                   2787: <CODE>rl_getc</CODE>, the default Readline character input function
                   2788: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>).
                   2789: In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
                   2790: setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
                   2791: </DL>
                   2792: </P><P>
                   2793: 
                   2794: <A NAME="IDX227"></A>
                   2795: <DL>
                   2796: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_signal_event_hook</B>
                   2797: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call if a read system
                   2798: call is interrupted when Readline is reading terminal input.
                   2799: </DL>
                   2800: </P><P>
                   2801: 
                   2802: <A NAME="IDX228"></A>
                   2803: <DL>
                   2804: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_input_available_hook</B>
                   2805: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will use this function's return value when it needs
                   2806: to determine whether or not there is available input on the current input
                   2807: source.
                   2808: The default hook checks <CODE>rl_instream</CODE>; if an application is using a
                   2809: different input source, it should set the hook appropriately.
                   2810: Readline queries for available input when implementing intra-key-sequence
                   2811: timeouts during input and incremental searches.
                   2812: This may use an application-specific timeout before returning a value;
                   2813: Readline uses the value passed to <CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout()</CODE>
                   2814: or the value of the user-settable <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR> variable.
                   2815: This is designed for use by applications using Readline's callback interface
                   2816: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), which may not use the traditional
                   2817: <CODE>read(2)</CODE> and file descriptor interface, or other applications using
                   2818: a different input mechanism.
                   2819: If an application uses an input mechanism or hook that can potentially exceed
                   2820: the value of <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR>, it should increase the timeout or set
                   2821: this hook appropriately even when not using the callback interface.
                   2822: In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
                   2823: setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
                   2824: </DL>
                   2825: </P><P>
                   2826: 
                   2827: <A NAME="IDX229"></A>
                   2828: <DL>
                   2829: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_redisplay_function</B>
                   2830: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
                   2831: to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer.
                   2832: By default, it is set to <CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE>, the default Readline
                   2833: redisplay function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>).
                   2834: </DL>
                   2835: </P><P>
                   2836: 
                   2837: <A NAME="IDX230"></A>
                   2838: <DL>
                   2839: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_vintfunc_t * <B>rl_prep_term_function</B>
                   2840: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
                   2841: to initialize the terminal.  The function takes a single argument, an
                   2842: <CODE>int</CODE> flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters.
                   2843: By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE>
                   2844: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
                   2845: </DL>
                   2846: </P><P>
                   2847: 
                   2848: <A NAME="IDX231"></A>
                   2849: <DL>
                   2850: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_deprep_term_function</B>
                   2851: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
                   2852: to reset the terminal.  This function should undo the effects of
                   2853: <CODE>rl_prep_term_function</CODE>.
                   2854: By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE>
                   2855: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
                   2856: </DL>
                   2857: </P><P>
                   2858: 
                   2859: <A NAME="IDX232"></A>
                   2860: <DL>
                   2861: <DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_executing_keymap</B>
                   2862: <DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
                   2863: currently executing readline function was found.
                   2864: </DL>
                   2865: </P><P>
                   2866: 
                   2867: <A NAME="IDX233"></A>
                   2868: <DL>
                   2869: <DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_binding_keymap</B>
                   2870: <DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
                   2871: last key binding occurred.
                   2872: </DL>
                   2873: </P><P>
                   2874: 
                   2875: <A NAME="IDX234"></A>
                   2876: <DL>
                   2877: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_macro</B>
                   2878: <DD>This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro.
                   2879: </DL>
                   2880: </P><P>
                   2881: 
                   2882: <A NAME="IDX235"></A>
                   2883: <DL>
                   2884: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_executing_key</B>
                   2885: <DD>The key that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing Readline function.
                   2886: </DL>
                   2887: </P><P>
                   2888: 
                   2889: <A NAME="IDX236"></A>
                   2890: <DL>
                   2891: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_keyseq</B>
                   2892: <DD>The full key sequence that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing
                   2893: Readline function.
                   2894: </DL>
                   2895: </P><P>
                   2896: 
                   2897: <A NAME="IDX237"></A>
                   2898: <DL>
                   2899: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_key_sequence_length</B>
                   2900: <DD>The number of characters in <VAR>rl_executing_keyseq</VAR>.
                   2901: </DL>
                   2902: </P><P>
                   2903: 
                   2904: <A NAME="IDX238"></A>
                   2905: <DL>
                   2906: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_state</B>
                   2907: <DD>A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state.
                   2908: A bit is set with the <CODE>RL_SETSTATE</CODE> macro, and unset with the
                   2909: <CODE>RL_UNSETSTATE</CODE> macro.  Use the <CODE>RL_ISSTATE</CODE> macro to test
                   2910: whether a particular state bit is set.  Current state bits include:
                   2911: </P><P>
                   2912: 
                   2913: <DL COMPACT>
                   2914: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NONE</CODE>
                   2915: <DD>Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to initialize.
                   2916: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZING</CODE>
                   2917: <DD>Readline is initializing its internal data structures.
                   2918: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZED</CODE>
                   2919: <DD>Readline has completed its initialization.
                   2920: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED</CODE>
                   2921: <DD>Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay.
                   2922: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_READCMD</CODE>
                   2923: <DD>Readline is reading a command from the keyboard.
                   2924: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_METANEXT</CODE>
                   2925: <DD>Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character.
                   2926: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DISPATCHING</CODE>
                   2927: <DD>Readline is dispatching to a command.
                   2928: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MOREINPUT</CODE>
                   2929: <DD>Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command.
                   2930: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_ISEARCH</CODE>
                   2931: <DD>Readline is performing an incremental history search.
                   2932: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NSEARCH</CODE>
                   2933: <DD>Readline is performing a non-incremental history search.
                   2934: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SEARCH</CODE>
                   2935: <DD>Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string.
                   2936: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NUMERICARG</CODE>
                   2937: <DD>Readline is reading a numeric argument.
                   2938: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACROINPUT</CODE>
                   2939: <DD>Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard
                   2940: macro.
                   2941: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACRODEF</CODE>
                   2942: <DD>Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro.
                   2943: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_OVERWRITE</CODE>
                   2944: <DD>Readline is in overwrite mode.
                   2945: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_COMPLETING</CODE>
                   2946: <DD>Readline is performing word completion.
                   2947: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER</CODE>
                   2948: <DD>Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler.
                   2949: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_UNDOING</CODE>
                   2950: <DD>Readline is performing an undo.
                   2951: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING</CODE>
                   2952: <DD>Readline has input pending due to a call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.
                   2953: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED</CODE>
                   2954: <DD>Readline has saved the values of the terminal's special characters.
                   2955: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_CALLBACK</CODE>
                   2956: <DD>Readline is currently using the alternate (callback) interface
                   2957: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>).
                   2958: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VIMOTION</CODE>
                   2959: <DD>Readline is reading the argument to a vi-mode "motion" command.
                   2960: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MULTIKEY</CODE>
                   2961: <DD>Readline is reading a multiple-keystroke command.
                   2962: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VICMDONCE</CODE>
                   2963: <DD>Readline has entered vi command (movement) mode at least one time during
                   2964: the current call to <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
                   2965: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DONE</CODE>
                   2966: <DD>Readline has read a key sequence bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>
                   2967: and is about to return the line to the caller.
                   2968: </DL>
                   2969: <P>
                   2970: 
                   2971: </DL>
                   2972: </P><P>
                   2973: 
                   2974: <A NAME="IDX239"></A>
                   2975: <DL>
                   2976: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_explicit_arg</B>
                   2977: <DD>Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by
                   2978: the user.  Only valid in a bindable command function.
                   2979: </DL>
                   2980: </P><P>
                   2981: 
                   2982: <A NAME="IDX240"></A>
                   2983: <DL>
                   2984: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_numeric_arg</B>
                   2985: <DD>Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user
                   2986: before executing the current Readline function.  Only valid in a bindable
                   2987: command function.
                   2988: </DL>
                   2989: </P><P>
                   2990: 
                   2991: <A NAME="IDX241"></A>
                   2992: <DL>
                   2993: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_editing_mode</B>
                   2994: <DD>Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode.  A value of
                   2995: <VAR>1</VAR> means Readline is currently in emacs mode; <VAR>0</VAR>
                   2996: means that vi mode is active.
                   2997: </DL>
                   2998: </P><P>
                   2999: 
                   3000: <A NAME="Readline Convenience Functions"></A>
                   3001: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3002: <A NAME="SEC29"></A>
                   3003: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3004: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3005: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3006: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3007: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3008: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3009: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3010: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3011: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3012: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3013: </TR></TABLE>
                   3014: <H2> 2.4 Readline Convenience Functions </H2>
                   3015: <!--docid::SEC29::-->
                   3016: <P>
                   3017: 
                   3018: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                   3019: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to give a function you write a name.</TD></TR>
                   3020: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Making keymaps.</TD></TR>
                   3021: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Changing Keymaps.</TD></TR>
                   3022: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Translate function names to
                   3023:                                                key sequences.</TD></TR>
                   3024: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to make your functions undoable.</TD></TR>
                   3025: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to control line display.</TD></TR>
                   3026: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to modify <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.</TD></TR>
                   3027: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to read keyboard input.</TD></TR>
                   3028: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to manage terminal settings.</TD></TR>
                   3029: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Generally useful functions and hooks.</TD></TR>
                   3030: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions that don't fall into any category.</TD></TR>
                   3031: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.</TD></TR>
                   3032: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example Readline function.</TD></TR>
                   3033: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example program using the alternate interface.</TD></TR>
                   3034: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                   3035: <P>
                   3036: 
                   3037: <A NAME="Function Naming"></A>
                   3038: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3039: <A NAME="SEC30"></A>
                   3040: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3041: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3042: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3043: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3044: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3045: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3046: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3047: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3048: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3049: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3050: </TR></TABLE>
                   3051: <H3> 2.4.1 Naming a Function </H3>
                   3052: <!--docid::SEC30::-->
                   3053: <P>
                   3054: 
                   3055: The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using
                   3056: Readline.  This is done by representing the function with a descriptive
                   3057: name.  The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to
                   3058: the function.  Thus, in an init file, one might find
                   3059: </P><P>
                   3060: 
                   3061: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Meta-Rubout:  backward-kill-word
                   3062: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   3063: 
                   3064: This binds the keystroke <KBD>Meta-Rubout</KBD> to the function
                   3065: <EM>descriptively</EM> named <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>.  You, as the
                   3066: programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as
                   3067: well.  Readline provides a function for doing that:
                   3068: </P><P>
                   3069: 
                   3070: <A NAME="IDX242"></A>
                   3071: <DL>
                   3072: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_defun</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)</I>
                   3073: <DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of named functions.  Make <VAR>function</VAR> be
                   3074: the function that gets called.  If <VAR>key</VAR> is not -1, then bind it to
                   3075: <VAR>function</VAR> using <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
                   3076: </DL>
                   3077: </P><P>
                   3078: 
                   3079: Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
                   3080: It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
                   3081: functions that Readline has built in.
                   3082: If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
                   3083: you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
                   3084: </P><P>
                   3085: 
                   3086: <A NAME="Keymaps"></A>
                   3087: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3088: <A NAME="SEC31"></A>
                   3089: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3090: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3091: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3092: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3093: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3094: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3095: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3096: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3097: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3098: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3099: </TR></TABLE>
                   3100: <H3> 2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap </H3>
                   3101: <!--docid::SEC31::-->
                   3102: <P>
                   3103: 
                   3104: Key bindings take place on a <EM>keymap</EM>.  The keymap is the
                   3105: association between the keys that the user types and the functions that
                   3106: get run.  You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell
                   3107: Readline which keymap to use.
                   3108: </P><P>
                   3109: 
                   3110: <A NAME="IDX243"></A>
                   3111: <DL>
                   3112: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_bare_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3113: <DD>Returns a new, empty keymap.  The space for the keymap is allocated with
                   3114: <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; the caller should free it by calling
                   3115: <CODE>rl_free_keymap()</CODE> when done.
                   3116: </DL>
                   3117: </P><P>
                   3118: 
                   3119: <A NAME="IDX244"></A>
                   3120: <DL>
                   3121: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_copy_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap map)</I>
                   3122: <DD>Return a new keymap which is a copy of <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3123: </DL>
                   3124: </P><P>
                   3125: 
                   3126: <A NAME="IDX245"></A>
                   3127: <DL>
                   3128: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3129: <DD>Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
                   3130: the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
                   3131: the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments.
                   3132: </DL>
                   3133: </P><P>
                   3134: 
                   3135: <A NAME="IDX246"></A>
                   3136: <DL>
                   3137: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_discard_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
                   3138: <DD>Free the storage associated with the data in <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
                   3139: The caller should free <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
                   3140: </DL>
                   3141: </P><P>
                   3142: 
                   3143: <A NAME="IDX247"></A>
                   3144: <DL>
                   3145: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
                   3146: <DD>Free all storage associated with <VAR>keymap</VAR>.  This calls
                   3147: <CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE> to free subordindate keymaps and macros.
                   3148: </DL>
                   3149: </P><P>
                   3150: 
                   3151: Readline has several internal keymaps.  These functions allow you to
                   3152: change which keymap is active.
                   3153: </P><P>
                   3154: 
                   3155: <A NAME="IDX248"></A>
                   3156: <DL>
                   3157: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3158: <DD>Returns the currently active keymap.
                   3159: </DL>
                   3160: </P><P>
                   3161: 
                   3162: <A NAME="IDX249"></A>
                   3163: <DL>
                   3164: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
                   3165: <DD>Makes <VAR>keymap</VAR> the currently active keymap.
                   3166: </DL>
                   3167: </P><P>
                   3168: 
                   3169: <A NAME="IDX250"></A>
                   3170: <DL>
                   3171: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap_by_name</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
                   3172: <DD>Return the keymap matching <VAR>name</VAR>.  <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
                   3173: be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
                   3174: </DL>
                   3175: </P><P>
                   3176: 
                   3177: <A NAME="IDX251"></A>
                   3178: <DL>
                   3179: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_keymap_name</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
                   3180: <DD>Return the name matching <VAR>keymap</VAR>.  <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
                   3181: be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
                   3182: </DL>
                   3183: </P><P>
                   3184: 
                   3185: <A NAME="Binding Keys"></A>
                   3186: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3187: <A NAME="SEC32"></A>
                   3188: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3189: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3190: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3191: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3192: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3193: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3194: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3195: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3196: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3197: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3198: </TR></TABLE>
                   3199: <H3> 2.4.3 Binding Keys </H3>
                   3200: <!--docid::SEC32::-->
                   3201: <P>
                   3202: 
                   3203: Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap.
                   3204: Readline has several internal keymaps: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE>,
                   3205: <CODE>emacs_meta_keymap</CODE>, <CODE>emacs_ctlx_keymap</CODE>,
                   3206: <CODE>vi_movement_keymap</CODE>, and <CODE>vi_insertion_keymap</CODE>.
                   3207: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE> is the default, and the examples in
                   3208: this manual assume that.
                   3209: </P><P>
                   3210: 
                   3211: Since <CODE>readline()</CODE> installs a set of default key bindings the first
                   3212: time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding
                   3213: installed before the first call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> will be overridden.
                   3214: An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an
                   3215: initialization function assigned to the <CODE>rl_startup_hook</CODE> variable
                   3216: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>).
                   3217: </P><P>
                   3218: 
                   3219: These functions manage key bindings.
                   3220: </P><P>
                   3221: 
                   3222: <A NAME="IDX252"></A>
                   3223: <DL>
                   3224: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
                   3225: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in the currently active keymap.
                   3226: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
                   3227: </DL>
                   3228: </P><P>
                   3229: 
                   3230: <A NAME="IDX253"></A>
                   3231: <DL>
                   3232: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
                   3233: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3234: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
                   3235: </DL>
                   3236: </P><P>
                   3237: 
                   3238: <A NAME="IDX254"></A>
                   3239: <DL>
                   3240: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
                   3241: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
                   3242: currently active keymap.
                   3243: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
                   3244: already bound.
                   3245: </DL>
                   3246: </P><P>
                   3247: 
                   3248: <A NAME="IDX255"></A>
                   3249: <DL>
                   3250: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
                   3251: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3252: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
                   3253: already bound.
                   3254: </DL>
                   3255: </P><P>
                   3256: 
                   3257: <A NAME="IDX256"></A>
                   3258: <DL>
                   3259: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key</B> <I>(int key)</I>
                   3260: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in the currently active keymap.
                   3261: Returns non-zero in case of error.
                   3262: </DL>
                   3263: </P><P>
                   3264: 
                   3265: <A NAME="IDX257"></A>
                   3266: <DL>
                   3267: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, Keymap map)</I>
                   3268: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3269: Returns non-zero in case of error.
                   3270: </DL>
                   3271: </P><P>
                   3272: 
                   3273: <A NAME="IDX258"></A>
                   3274: <DL>
                   3275: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_function_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
                   3276: <DD>Unbind all keys that execute <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3277: </DL>
                   3278: </P><P>
                   3279: 
                   3280: <A NAME="IDX259"></A>
                   3281: <DL>
                   3282: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_command_in_map</B> <I>(const char *command, Keymap map)</I>
                   3283: <DD>Unbind all keys that are bound to <VAR>command</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3284: </DL>
                   3285: </P><P>
                   3286: 
                   3287: <A NAME="IDX260"></A>
                   3288: <DL>
                   3289: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
                   3290: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
                   3291: <VAR>function</VAR>, beginning in the current keymap.
                   3292: This makes new keymaps as necessary.
                   3293: The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
                   3294: </DL>
                   3295: </P><P>
                   3296: 
                   3297: <A NAME="IDX261"></A>
                   3298: <DL>
                   3299: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
                   3300: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
                   3301: <VAR>function</VAR>.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.
                   3302: Initial bindings are performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3303: The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
                   3304: </DL>
                   3305: </P><P>
                   3306: 
                   3307: <A NAME="IDX262"></A>
                   3308: <DL>
                   3309: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_key</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
                   3310: <DD>Equivalent to <CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE>.
                   3311: </DL>
                   3312: </P><P>
                   3313: 
                   3314: <A NAME="IDX263"></A>
                   3315: <DL>
                   3316: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
                   3317: <DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
                   3318: currently active keymap.
                   3319: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
                   3320: already bound.
                   3321: </DL>
                   3322: </P><P>
                   3323: 
                   3324: <A NAME="IDX264"></A>
                   3325: <DL>
                   3326: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
                   3327: <DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3328: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
                   3329: already bound.
                   3330: </DL>
                   3331: </P><P>
                   3332: 
                   3333: <A NAME="IDX265"></A>
                   3334: <DL>
                   3335: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_generic_bind</B> <I>(int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)</I>
                   3336: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the arbitrary
                   3337: pointer <VAR>data</VAR>.  <VAR>type</VAR> says what kind of data is pointed to by
                   3338: <VAR>data</VAR>; this can be a function (<CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>), a macro
                   3339: (<CODE>ISMACR</CODE>), or a keymap (<CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>).  This makes new keymaps as
                   3340: necessary.  The initial keymap in which to do bindings is <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3341: </DL>
                   3342: </P><P>
                   3343: 
                   3344: <A NAME="IDX266"></A>
                   3345: <DL>
                   3346: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_parse_and_bind</B> <I>(char *line)</I>
                   3347: <DD>Parse <VAR>line</VAR> as if it had been read from the <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and
                   3348: perform any key bindings and variable assignments found
                   3349: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
                   3350: </DL>
                   3351: </P><P>
                   3352: 
                   3353: <A NAME="IDX267"></A>
                   3354: <DL>
                   3355: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_init_file</B> <I>(const char *filename)</I>
                   3356: <DD>Read keybindings and variable assignments from <VAR>filename</VAR>
                   3357: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
                   3358: </DL>
                   3359: </P><P>
                   3360: 
                   3361: <A NAME="Associating Function Names and Bindings"></A>
                   3362: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3363: <A NAME="SEC33"></A>
                   3364: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3365: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3366: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3367: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3368: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3369: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3370: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3371: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3372: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3373: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3374: </TR></TABLE>
                   3375: <H3> 2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings </H3>
                   3376: <!--docid::SEC33::-->
                   3377: <P>
                   3378: 
                   3379: These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions
                   3380: and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence.  You may also
                   3381: associate a new function name with an arbitrary function.
                   3382: </P><P>
                   3383: 
                   3384: <A NAME="IDX268"></A>
                   3385: <DL>
                   3386: <DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_named_function</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
                   3387: <DD>Return the function with name <VAR>name</VAR>.
                   3388: </DL>
                   3389: </P><P>
                   3390: 
                   3391: <A NAME="IDX269"></A>
                   3392: <DL>
                   3393: <DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)</I>
                   3394: <DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3395: If <VAR>map</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the current keymap is used.  If <VAR>type</VAR> is
                   3396: not <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the type of the object is returned in the <CODE>int</CODE> variable
                   3397: it points to (one of <CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>, <CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>, or <CODE>ISMACR</CODE>).
                   3398: </DL>
                   3399: </P><P>
                   3400: 
                   3401: <A NAME="IDX270"></A>
                   3402: <DL>
                   3403: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
                   3404: <DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
                   3405: invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the current keymap.
                   3406: </DL>
                   3407: </P><P>
                   3408: 
                   3409: <A NAME="IDX271"></A>
                   3410: <DL>
                   3411: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
                   3412: <DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
                   3413: invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
                   3414: </DL>
                   3415: </P><P>
                   3416: 
                   3417: <A NAME="IDX272"></A>
                   3418: <DL>
                   3419: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_function_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
                   3420: <DD>Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently
                   3421: bound to them to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.  If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero,
                   3422: the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
                   3423: <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
                   3424: </DL>
                   3425: </P><P>
                   3426: 
                   3427: <A NAME="IDX273"></A>
                   3428: <DL>
                   3429: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_list_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3430: <DD>Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
                   3431: </DL>
                   3432: </P><P>
                   3433: 
                   3434: <A NAME="IDX274"></A>
                   3435: <DL>
                   3436: <DT><U>Function:</U> const char ** <B>rl_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3437: <DD>Return a NULL terminated array of known function names.  The array is
                   3438: sorted.  The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside.  You
                   3439: should free the array, but not the pointers, using <CODE>free</CODE> or
                   3440: <CODE>rl_free</CODE> when you are done.
                   3441: </DL>
                   3442: </P><P>
                   3443: 
                   3444: <A NAME="IDX275"></A>
                   3445: <DL>
                   3446: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_funmap_entry</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
                   3447: <DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make
                   3448: <VAR>function</VAR> the function to be called when <VAR>name</VAR> is invoked.
                   3449: </DL>
                   3450: </P><P>
                   3451: 
                   3452: <A NAME="Allowing Undoing"></A>
                   3453: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3454: <A NAME="SEC34"></A>
                   3455: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3456: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3457: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3458: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3459: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3460: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3461: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3462: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3463: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3464: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3465: </TR></TABLE>
                   3466: <H3> 2.4.5 Allowing Undoing </H3>
                   3467: <!--docid::SEC34::-->
                   3468: <P>
                   3469: 
                   3470: Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your
                   3471: functions much more useful.  It is certainly easy to try
                   3472: something if you know you can undo it.
                   3473: </P><P>
                   3474: 
                   3475: If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and
                   3476: uses <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE> to do it, then
                   3477: undoing is already done for you automatically.
                   3478: </P><P>
                   3479: 
                   3480: If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination
                   3481: of these operations, you should group them together into one operation.
                   3482: This is done with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
                   3483: <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
                   3484: </P><P>
                   3485: 
                   3486: The types of events that can be undone are:
                   3487: </P><P>
                   3488: 
                   3489: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END }; 
                   3490: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   3491: 
                   3492: Notice that <CODE>UNDO_DELETE</CODE> means to insert some text, and
                   3493: <CODE>UNDO_INSERT</CODE> means to delete some text.  That is, the undo code
                   3494: tells what to undo, not how to undo it.  <CODE>UNDO_BEGIN</CODE> and
                   3495: <CODE>UNDO_END</CODE> are tags added by <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
                   3496: <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
                   3497: </P><P>
                   3498: 
                   3499: <A NAME="IDX276"></A>
                   3500: <DL>
                   3501: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_begin_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3502: <DD>Begins saving undo information in a group construct.  The undo
                   3503: information usually comes from calls to <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> and
                   3504: <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE>, but could be the result of calls to
                   3505: <CODE>rl_add_undo()</CODE>.
                   3506: </DL>
                   3507: </P><P>
                   3508: 
                   3509: <A NAME="IDX277"></A>
                   3510: <DL>
                   3511: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_end_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3512: <DD>Closes the current undo group started with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group
                   3513: ()</CODE>.  There should be one call to <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>
                   3514: for each call to <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE>.
                   3515: </DL>
                   3516: </P><P>
                   3517: 
                   3518: <A NAME="IDX278"></A>
                   3519: <DL>
                   3520: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_add_undo</B> <I>(enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)</I>
                   3521: <DD>Remember how to undo an event (according to <VAR>what</VAR>).  The affected
                   3522: text runs from <VAR>start</VAR> to <VAR>end</VAR>, and encompasses <VAR>text</VAR>.
                   3523: </DL>
                   3524: </P><P>
                   3525: 
                   3526: <A NAME="IDX279"></A>
                   3527: <DL>
                   3528: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_undo_list</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3529: <DD>Free the existing undo list.
                   3530: </DL>
                   3531: </P><P>
                   3532: 
                   3533: <A NAME="IDX280"></A>
                   3534: <DL>
                   3535: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_do_undo</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3536: <DD>Undo the first thing on the undo list.  Returns <CODE>0</CODE> if there was
                   3537: nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone.
                   3538: </DL>
                   3539: </P><P>
                   3540: 
                   3541: Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the
                   3542: existing text (e.g., change its case), call <CODE>rl_modifying()</CODE>
                   3543: once, just before you modify the text.  You must supply the indices of
                   3544: the text range that you are going to modify.
                   3545: </P><P>
                   3546: 
                   3547: <A NAME="IDX281"></A>
                   3548: <DL>
                   3549: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_modifying</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
                   3550: <DD>Tell Readline to save the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> as a
                   3551: single undo unit.  It is assumed that you will subsequently modify
                   3552: that text.
                   3553: </DL>
                   3554: </P><P>
                   3555: 
                   3556: <A NAME="Redisplay"></A>
                   3557: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3558: <A NAME="SEC35"></A>
                   3559: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3560: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3561: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3562: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3563: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3564: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3565: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3566: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3567: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3568: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3569: </TR></TABLE>
                   3570: <H3> 2.4.6 Redisplay </H3>
                   3571: <!--docid::SEC35::-->
                   3572: <P>
                   3573: 
                   3574: <A NAME="IDX282"></A>
                   3575: <DL>
                   3576: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_redisplay</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3577: <DD>Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents
                   3578: of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
                   3579: </DL>
                   3580: </P><P>
                   3581: 
                   3582: <A NAME="IDX283"></A>
                   3583: <DL>
                   3584: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_forced_update_display</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3585: <DD>Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not
                   3586: Readline thinks the screen display is correct.
                   3587: </DL>
                   3588: </P><P>
                   3589: 
                   3590: <A NAME="IDX284"></A>
                   3591: <DL>
                   3592: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3593: <DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line,
                   3594: usually after outputting a newline.
                   3595: </DL>
                   3596: </P><P>
                   3597: 
                   3598: <A NAME="IDX285"></A>
                   3599: <DL>
                   3600: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3601: <DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with
                   3602: <VAR>rl_prompt</VAR> already displayed.
                   3603: This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string
                   3604: themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for
                   3605: redisplay.
                   3606: It should be used after setting <VAR>rl_already_prompted</VAR>.
                   3607: </DL>
                   3608: </P><P>
                   3609: 
                   3610: <A NAME="IDX286"></A>
                   3611: <DL>
                   3612: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3613: <DD>Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line
                   3614: starting on a new line.
                   3615: </DL>
                   3616: </P><P>
                   3617: 
                   3618: <A NAME="IDX287"></A>
                   3619: <DL>
                   3620: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_crlf</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3621: <DD>Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line.
                   3622: </DL>
                   3623: </P><P>
                   3624: 
                   3625: <A NAME="IDX288"></A>
                   3626: <DL>
                   3627: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_show_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   3628: <DD>Display character <VAR>c</VAR> on <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
                   3629: If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this
                   3630: will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence.
                   3631: This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own
                   3632: redisplay.
                   3633: </DL>
                   3634: </P><P>
                   3635: 
                   3636: <A NAME="IDX289"></A>
                   3637: <DL>
                   3638: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_message</B> <I>(const char *, <small>...</small>)</I>
                   3639: <DD>The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to <CODE>printf</CODE>,
                   3640: possibly containing conversion specifications such as <SAMP>`%d'</SAMP>, and
                   3641: any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications.
                   3642: The resulting string is displayed in the <EM>echo area</EM>.  The echo area
                   3643: is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings.
                   3644: You should call <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> to save the prompt information
                   3645: before calling this function.
                   3646: </DL>
                   3647: </P><P>
                   3648: 
                   3649: <A NAME="IDX290"></A>
                   3650: <DL>
                   3651: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_message</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3652: <DD>Clear the message in the echo area.  If the prompt was saved with a call to
                   3653: <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> before the last call to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>,
                   3654: call <CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE> before calling this function.
                   3655: </DL>
                   3656: </P><P>
                   3657: 
                   3658: <A NAME="IDX291"></A>
                   3659: <DL>
                   3660: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_save_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3661: <DD>Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for
                   3662: displaying a new message in the message area with <CODE>rl_message()</CODE>.
                   3663: </DL>
                   3664: </P><P>
                   3665: 
                   3666: <A NAME="IDX292"></A>
                   3667: <DL>
                   3668: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_restore_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3669: <DD>Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most
                   3670: recent call to <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE>.
                   3671: if <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> was called to save the prompt before a call
                   3672: to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>, this function should be called before the
                   3673: corresponding call to <CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE>.
                   3674: </DL>
                   3675: </P><P>
                   3676: 
                   3677: <A NAME="IDX293"></A>
                   3678: <DL>
                   3679: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_expand_prompt</B> <I>(char *prompt)</I>
                   3680: <DD>Expand any special character sequences in <VAR>prompt</VAR> and set up the
                   3681: local Readline prompt redisplay variables.
                   3682: This function is called by <CODE>readline()</CODE>.  It may also be called to
                   3683: expand the primary prompt if the <CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()</CODE>
                   3684: function or <CODE>rl_already_prompted</CODE> variable is used.
                   3685: It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
                   3686: (possibly multi-line) prompt.
                   3687: Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
                   3688: up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
                   3689: such characters with the special markers <CODE>RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE</CODE>
                   3690: and <CODE>RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE</CODE> (declared in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.  This may
                   3691: be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
                   3692: </DL>
                   3693: </P><P>
                   3694: 
                   3695: <A NAME="IDX294"></A>
                   3696: <DL>
                   3697: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_prompt</B> <I>(const char *prompt)</I>
                   3698: <DD>Make Readline use <VAR>prompt</VAR> for subsequent redisplay.  This calls
                   3699: <CODE>rl_expand_prompt()</CODE> to expand the prompt and sets <CODE>rl_prompt</CODE>
                   3700: to the result.
                   3701: </DL>
                   3702: </P><P>
                   3703: 
                   3704: <A NAME="Modifying Text"></A>
                   3705: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3706: <A NAME="SEC36"></A>
                   3707: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3708: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3709: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3710: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3711: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3712: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3713: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3714: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3715: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3716: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3717: </TR></TABLE>
                   3718: <H3> 2.4.7 Modifying Text </H3>
                   3719: <!--docid::SEC36::-->
                   3720: <P>
                   3721: 
                   3722: <A NAME="IDX295"></A>
                   3723: <DL>
                   3724: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_text</B> <I>(const char *text)</I>
                   3725: <DD>Insert <VAR>text</VAR> into the line at the current cursor position.
                   3726: Returns the number of characters inserted.
                   3727: </DL>
                   3728: </P><P>
                   3729: 
                   3730: <A NAME="IDX296"></A>
                   3731: <DL>
                   3732: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_delete_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
                   3733: <DD>Delete the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line.
                   3734: Returns the number of characters deleted.
                   3735: </DL>
                   3736: </P><P>
                   3737: 
                   3738: <A NAME="IDX297"></A>
                   3739: <DL>
                   3740: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_copy_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
                   3741: <DD>Return a copy of the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in
                   3742: the current line.
                   3743: </DL>
                   3744: </P><P>
                   3745: 
                   3746: <A NAME="IDX298"></A>
                   3747: <DL>
                   3748: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_kill_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
                   3749: <DD>Copy the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line
                   3750: to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the
                   3751: last command was a kill command.  The text is deleted.
                   3752: If <VAR>start</VAR> is less than <VAR>end</VAR>,
                   3753: the text is appended, otherwise prepended.  If the last command was
                   3754: not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used.
                   3755: </DL>
                   3756: </P><P>
                   3757: 
                   3758: <A NAME="IDX299"></A>
                   3759: <DL>
                   3760: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_push_macro_input</B> <I>(char *macro)</I>
                   3761: <DD>Cause <VAR>macro</VAR> to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked
                   3762: by a key bound to a macro.  Not especially useful; use
                   3763: <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> instead.
                   3764: </DL>
                   3765: </P><P>
                   3766: 
                   3767: <A NAME="Character Input"></A>
                   3768: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3769: <A NAME="SEC37"></A>
                   3770: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3771: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3772: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3773: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3774: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3775: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3776: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3777: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3778: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3779: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3780: </TR></TABLE>
                   3781: <H3> 2.4.8 Character Input </H3>
                   3782: <!--docid::SEC37::-->
                   3783: <P>
                   3784: 
                   3785: <A NAME="IDX300"></A>
                   3786: <DL>
                   3787: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_key</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3788: <DD>Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream.
                   3789: This handles input inserted into
                   3790: the input stream via <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>)
                   3791: and <CODE>rl_stuff_char()</CODE>, macros, and characters read from the keyboard.
                   3792: While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to
                   3793: the <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE> variable.
                   3794: </DL>
                   3795: </P><P>
                   3796: 
                   3797: <A NAME="IDX301"></A>
                   3798: <DL>
                   3799: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_getc</B> <I>(FILE *stream)</I>
                   3800: <DD>Return the next character available from <VAR>stream</VAR>, which is assumed to
                   3801: be the keyboard.
                   3802: </DL>
                   3803: </P><P>
                   3804: 
                   3805: <A NAME="IDX302"></A>
                   3806: <DL>
                   3807: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_stuff_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   3808: <DD>Insert <VAR>c</VAR> into the Readline input stream.  It will be "read"
                   3809: before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with
                   3810: <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.  Up to 512 characters may be pushed back.
                   3811: <CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE> returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted;
                   3812: 0 otherwise.
                   3813: </DL>
                   3814: </P><P>
                   3815: 
                   3816: <A NAME="IDX303"></A>
                   3817: <DL>
                   3818: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_execute_next</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   3819: <DD>Make <VAR>c</VAR> be the next command to be executed when <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>
                   3820: is called.  This sets <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>.
                   3821: </DL>
                   3822: </P><P>
                   3823: 
                   3824: <A NAME="IDX304"></A>
                   3825: <DL>
                   3826: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_pending_input</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3827: <DD>Unset <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>, effectively negating the effect of any
                   3828: previous call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.  This works only if the
                   3829: pending input has not already been read with <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.
                   3830: </DL>
                   3831: </P><P>
                   3832: 
                   3833: <A NAME="IDX305"></A>
                   3834: <DL>
                   3835: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
                   3836: <DD>While waiting for keyboard input in <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>, Readline will
                   3837: wait for <VAR>u</VAR> microseconds for input before calling any function
                   3838: assigned to <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE>.  <VAR>u</VAR> must be greater than or equal
                   3839: to zero (a zero-length timeout is equivalent to a poll).
                   3840: The default waiting period is one-tenth of a second.
                   3841: Returns the old timeout value.
                   3842: </DL>
                   3843: </P><P>
                   3844: 
                   3845: <A NAME="Terminal Management"></A>
                   3846: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3847: <A NAME="SEC38"></A>
                   3848: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3849: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3850: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3851: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3852: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3853: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3854: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3855: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3856: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3857: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3858: </TR></TABLE>
                   3859: <H3> 2.4.9 Terminal Management </H3>
                   3860: <!--docid::SEC38::-->
                   3861: <P>
                   3862: 
                   3863: <A NAME="IDX306"></A>
                   3864: <DL>
                   3865: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_prep_terminal</B> <I>(int meta_flag)</I>
                   3866: <DD>Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so <CODE>readline()</CODE>
                   3867: can read a single character at a time from the keyboard.
                   3868: The <VAR>meta_flag</VAR> argument should be non-zero if Readline should
                   3869: read eight-bit input.
                   3870: </DL>
                   3871: </P><P>
                   3872: 
                   3873: <A NAME="IDX307"></A>
                   3874: <DL>
                   3875: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deprep_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3876: <DD>Undo the effects of <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>, leaving the terminal in
                   3877: the state in which it was before the most recent call to
                   3878: <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>.
                   3879: </DL>
                   3880: </P><P>
                   3881: 
                   3882: <A NAME="IDX308"></A>
                   3883: <DL>
                   3884: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
                   3885: <DD>Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
                   3886: displayed by <CODE>stty</CODE>) to their Readline equivalents.
                   3887: The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
                   3888: </DL>
                   3889: </P><P>
                   3890: 
                   3891: <A NAME="IDX309"></A>
                   3892: <DL>
                   3893: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
                   3894: <DD>Reset the bindings manipulated by <CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE> so
                   3895: that the terminal editing characters are bound to <CODE>rl_insert</CODE>.
                   3896: The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
                   3897: </DL>
                   3898: </P><P>
                   3899: 
                   3900: <A NAME="IDX310"></A>
                   3901: <DL>
                   3902: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_terminal</B> <I>(const char *terminal_name)</I>
                   3903: <DD>Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using
                   3904: <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> as the terminal type (e.g., <CODE>vt100</CODE>).
                   3905: If <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE>
                   3906: environment variable is used.
                   3907: </DL>
                   3908: </P><P>
                   3909: 
                   3910: <A NAME="Utility Functions"></A>
                   3911: <HR SIZE="6">
                   3912: <A NAME="SEC39"></A>
                   3913: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   3914: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3915: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3916: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   3917: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   3918: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   3919: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   3920: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   3921: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   3922: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   3923: </TR></TABLE>
                   3924: <H3> 2.4.10 Utility Functions </H3>
                   3925: <!--docid::SEC39::-->
                   3926: <P>
                   3927: 
                   3928: <A NAME="IDX311"></A>
                   3929: <DL>
                   3930: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_save_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
                   3931: <DD>Save a snapshot of Readline's internal state to <VAR>sp</VAR>.
                   3932: The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
                   3933: in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
                   3934: The caller is responsible for allocating the structure.
                   3935: </DL>
                   3936: </P><P>
                   3937: 
                   3938: <A NAME="IDX312"></A>
                   3939: <DL>
                   3940: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_restore_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
                   3941: <DD>Restore Readline's internal state to that stored in <VAR>sp</VAR>, which must
                   3942: have been saved by a call to <CODE>rl_save_state</CODE>.
                   3943: The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
                   3944: in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
                   3945: The caller is responsible for freeing the structure.
                   3946: </DL>
                   3947: </P><P>
                   3948: 
                   3949: <A NAME="IDX313"></A>
                   3950: <DL>
                   3951: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free</B> <I>(void *mem)</I>
                   3952: <DD>Deallocate the memory pointed to by <VAR>mem</VAR>.  <VAR>mem</VAR> must have been
                   3953: allocated by <CODE>malloc</CODE>.
                   3954: </DL>
                   3955: </P><P>
                   3956: 
                   3957: <A NAME="IDX314"></A>
                   3958: <DL>
                   3959: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_replace_line</B> <I>(const char *text, int clear_undo)</I>
                   3960: <DD>Replace the contents of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> with <VAR>text</VAR>.
                   3961: The point and mark are preserved, if possible.
                   3962: If <VAR>clear_undo</VAR> is non-zero, the undo list associated with the
                   3963: current line is cleared.
                   3964: </DL>
                   3965: </P><P>
                   3966: 
                   3967: <A NAME="IDX315"></A>
                   3968: <DL>
                   3969: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_extend_line_buffer</B> <I>(int len)</I>
                   3970: <DD>Ensure that <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> has enough space to hold <VAR>len</VAR>
                   3971: characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary.
                   3972: </DL>
                   3973: </P><P>
                   3974: 
                   3975: <A NAME="IDX316"></A>
                   3976: <DL>
                   3977: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_initialize</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3978: <DD>Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state.
                   3979: It's not strictly necessary to call this; <CODE>readline()</CODE> calls it before
                   3980: reading any input.
                   3981: </DL>
                   3982: </P><P>
                   3983: 
                   3984: <A NAME="IDX317"></A>
                   3985: <DL>
                   3986: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_ding</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   3987: <DD>Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>.
                   3988: </DL>
                   3989: </P><P>
                   3990: 
                   3991: <A NAME="IDX318"></A>
                   3992: <DL>
                   3993: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_alphabetic</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   3994: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an alphabetic character.
                   3995: </DL>
                   3996: </P><P>
                   3997: 
                   3998: <A NAME="IDX319"></A>
                   3999: <DL>
                   4000: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_display_match_list</B> <I>(char **matches, int len, int max)</I>
                   4001: <DD>A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
                   4002: columnar format on Readline's output stream.  <CODE>matches</CODE> is the list
                   4003: of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches.
                   4004: <CODE>len</CODE> is the number of strings in <CODE>matches</CODE>, and <CODE>max</CODE>
                   4005: is the length of the longest string in <CODE>matches</CODE>.  This function uses
                   4006: the setting of <CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE> to select how the
                   4007: matches are displayed (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
                   4008: When displaying completions, this function sets the number of columns used
                   4009: for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
                   4010: the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
                   4011: </DL>
                   4012: </P><P>
                   4013: 
                   4014: The following are implemented as macros, defined in <CODE>chardefs.h</CODE>.
                   4015: Applications should refrain from using them.
                   4016: </P><P>
                   4017: 
                   4018: <A NAME="IDX320"></A>
                   4019: <DL>
                   4020: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_uppercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   4021: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character.
                   4022: </DL>
                   4023: </P><P>
                   4024: 
                   4025: <A NAME="IDX321"></A>
                   4026: <DL>
                   4027: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_lowercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   4028: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character.
                   4029: </DL>
                   4030: </P><P>
                   4031: 
                   4032: <A NAME="IDX322"></A>
                   4033: <DL>
                   4034: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   4035: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a numeric character.
                   4036: </DL>
                   4037: </P><P>
                   4038: 
                   4039: <A NAME="IDX323"></A>
                   4040: <DL>
                   4041: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_upper</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   4042: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
                   4043: uppercase character.
                   4044: </DL>
                   4045: </P><P>
                   4046: 
                   4047: <A NAME="IDX324"></A>
                   4048: <DL>
                   4049: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_lower</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   4050: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
                   4051: lowercase character.
                   4052: </DL>
                   4053: </P><P>
                   4054: 
                   4055: <A NAME="IDX325"></A>
                   4056: <DL>
                   4057: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_value</B> <I>(int c)</I>
                   4058: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a number, return the value it represents.
                   4059: </DL>
                   4060: </P><P>
                   4061: 
                   4062: <A NAME="Miscellaneous Functions"></A>
                   4063: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4064: <A NAME="SEC40"></A>
                   4065: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4066: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4067: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4068: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4069: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4070: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4071: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4072: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4073: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4074: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4075: </TR></TABLE>
                   4076: <H3> 2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions </H3>
                   4077: <!--docid::SEC40::-->
                   4078: <P>
                   4079: 
                   4080: <A NAME="IDX326"></A>
                   4081: <DL>
                   4082: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_macro_bind</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)</I>
                   4083: <DD>Bind the key sequence <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to invoke the macro <VAR>macro</VAR>.
                   4084: The binding is performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.  When <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invoked, the
                   4085: <VAR>macro</VAR> will be inserted into the line.  This function is deprecated;
                   4086: use <CODE>rl_generic_bind()</CODE> instead.
                   4087: </DL>
                   4088: </P><P>
                   4089: 
                   4090: <A NAME="IDX327"></A>
                   4091: <DL>
                   4092: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_macro_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
                   4093: <DD>Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using
                   4094: the current keymap, to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
                   4095: If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
                   4096: that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
                   4097: </DL>
                   4098: </P><P>
                   4099: 
                   4100: <A NAME="IDX328"></A>
                   4101: <DL>
                   4102: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_variable_bind</B> <I>(const char *variable, const char *value)</I>
                   4103: <DD>Make the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR> have <VAR>value</VAR>.
                   4104: This behaves as if the readline command
                   4105: <SAMP>`set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>'</SAMP> had been executed in an <CODE>inputrc</CODE>
                   4106: file (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
                   4107: </DL>
                   4108: </P><P>
                   4109: 
                   4110: <A NAME="IDX329"></A>
                   4111: <DL>
                   4112: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_variable_value</B> <I>(const char *variable)</I>
                   4113: <DD>Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR>.
                   4114: For boolean variables, this string is either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
                   4115: </DL>
                   4116: </P><P>
                   4117: 
                   4118: <A NAME="IDX330"></A>
                   4119: <DL>
                   4120: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_variable_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
                   4121: <DD>Print the readline variable names and their current values
                   4122: to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
                   4123: If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
                   4124: that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
                   4125: </DL>
                   4126: </P><P>
                   4127: 
                   4128: <A NAME="IDX331"></A>
                   4129: <DL>
                   4130: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
                   4131: <DD>Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing
                   4132: a balancing character when <CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE> has been enabled.
                   4133: </DL>
                   4134: </P><P>
                   4135: 
                   4136: <A NAME="IDX332"></A>
                   4137: <DL>
                   4138: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_termcap</B> <I>(const char *cap)</I>
                   4139: <DD>Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability <VAR>cap</VAR>.
                   4140: Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and
                   4141: uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other
                   4142: terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line.  Readline does not
                   4143: use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return
                   4144: values for only those capabilities Readline uses.
                   4145: </DL>
                   4146: </P><P>
                   4147: 
                   4148: <A NAME="IDX333"></A>
                   4149: <DL>
                   4150: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_clear_history</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4151: <DD>Clear the history list by deleting all of the entries, in the same manner
                   4152: as the History library's <CODE>clear_history()</CODE> function.
                   4153: This differs from <CODE>clear_history</CODE> because it frees private data
                   4154: Readline saves in the history list.
                   4155: </DL>
                   4156: </P><P>
                   4157: 
                   4158: <A NAME="Alternate Interface"></A>
                   4159: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4160: <A NAME="SEC41"></A>
                   4161: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4162: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4163: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4164: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4165: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4166: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4167: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4168: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4169: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4170: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4171: </TR></TABLE>
                   4172: <H3> 2.4.12 Alternate Interface </H3>
                   4173: <!--docid::SEC41::-->
                   4174: <P>
                   4175: 
                   4176: An alternate interface is available to plain <CODE>readline()</CODE>.  Some
                   4177: applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or
                   4178: window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to <CODE>select()</CODE>
                   4179: on various file descriptors.  To accommodate this need, readline can
                   4180: also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop.  There
                   4181: are functions available to make this easy.
                   4182: </P><P>
                   4183: 
                   4184: <A NAME="IDX334"></A>
                   4185: <DL>
                   4186: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_install</B> <I>(const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)</I>
                   4187: <DD>Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial
                   4188: expanded value of <VAR>prompt</VAR>.  Save the value of <VAR>lhandler</VAR> to
                   4189: use as a handler function to call when a complete line of input has been
                   4190: entered.
                   4191: The handler function receives the text of the line as an argument.
                   4192: </DL>
                   4193: </P><P>
                   4194: 
                   4195: <A NAME="IDX335"></A>
                   4196: <DL>
                   4197: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_read_char</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4198: <DD>Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it
                   4199: should call <CODE>rl_callback_read_char()</CODE>, which will read the next
                   4200: character from the current input source.
                   4201: If that character completes the line, <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> will
                   4202: invoke the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function installed by
                   4203: <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> to process the line.
                   4204: Before calling the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function, the terminal settings are
                   4205: reset to the values they had before calling
                   4206: <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>.
                   4207: If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function returns,
                   4208: and the line handler remains installed,
                   4209: the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again.
                   4210: <CODE>EOF</CODE> is indicated by calling <VAR>lhandler</VAR> with a
                   4211: <CODE>NULL</CODE> line.
                   4212: </DL>
                   4213: </P><P>
                   4214: 
                   4215: <A NAME="IDX336"></A>
                   4216: <DL>
                   4217: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_remove</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4218: <DD>Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler.
                   4219: This may be called from within a callback as well as independently.
                   4220: If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> installed by <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>
                   4221: does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred
                   4222: to by the value of <CODE>rl_deprep_term_function</CODE> should be called before
                   4223: the program exits to reset the terminal settings.
                   4224: </DL>
                   4225: </P><P>
                   4226: 
                   4227: <A NAME="A Readline Example"></A>
                   4228: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4229: <A NAME="SEC42"></A>
                   4230: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4231: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4232: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4233: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4234: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4235: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4236: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4237: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4238: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4239: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4240: </TR></TABLE>
                   4241: <H3> 2.4.13 A Readline Example </H3>
                   4242: <!--docid::SEC42::-->
                   4243: <P>
                   4244: 
                   4245: Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase
                   4246: equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase.  If
                   4247: this function was bound to <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP>, then typing <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP> would
                   4248: change the case of the character under point.  Typing <SAMP>`M-1 0 M-c'</SAMP>
                   4249: would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on
                   4250: the last character changed.
                   4251: </P><P>
                   4252: 
                   4253: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
                   4254: int
                   4255: invert_case_line (count, key)
                   4256:      int count, key;
                   4257: {
                   4258:   register int start, end, i;
                   4259: 
                   4260:   start = rl_point;
                   4261: 
                   4262:   if (rl_point &#62;= rl_end)
                   4263:     return (0);
                   4264: 
                   4265:   if (count &#60; 0)
                   4266:     {
                   4267:       direction = -1;
                   4268:       count = -count;
                   4269:     }
                   4270:   else
                   4271:     direction = 1;
                   4272:       
                   4273:   /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
                   4274:   end = start + (count * direction);
                   4275: 
                   4276:   /* Force it to be within range. */
                   4277:   if (end &#62; rl_end)
                   4278:     end = rl_end;
                   4279:   else if (end &#60; 0)
                   4280:     end = 0;
                   4281: 
                   4282:   if (start == end)
                   4283:     return (0);
                   4284: 
                   4285:   if (start &#62; end)
                   4286:     {
                   4287:       int temp = start;
                   4288:       start = end;
                   4289:       end = temp;
                   4290:     }
                   4291: 
                   4292:   /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line,
                   4293:      so it will save the undo information. */
                   4294:   rl_modifying (start, end);
                   4295: 
                   4296:   for (i = start; i != end; i++)
                   4297:     {
                   4298:       if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
                   4299:         rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]);
                   4300:       else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
                   4301:         rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]);
                   4302:     }
                   4303:   /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
                   4304:   rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start;
                   4305:   return (0);
                   4306: }
                   4307: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   4308: 
                   4309: <A NAME="Alternate Interface Example"></A>
                   4310: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4311: <A NAME="SEC43"></A>
                   4312: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4313: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4314: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4315: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4316: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4317: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4318: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4319: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4320: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4321: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4322: </TR></TABLE>
                   4323: <H3> 2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example </H3>
                   4324: <!--docid::SEC43::-->
                   4325: <P>
                   4326: 
                   4327: Here is a complete program that illustrates Readline's alternate interface.
                   4328: It reads lines from the terminal and displays them, providing the
                   4329: standard history and TAB completion functions.
                   4330: It understands the EOF character or "exit" to exit the program.
                   4331: </P><P>
                   4332: 
                   4333: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Standard include files. stdio.h is required. */
                   4334: #include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
                   4335: #include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
                   4336: 
                   4337: /* Used for select(2) */
                   4338: #include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
                   4339: #include &#60;sys/select.h&#62;
                   4340: 
                   4341: #include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
                   4342: 
                   4343: /* Standard readline include files. */
                   4344: #include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
                   4345: #include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
                   4346: 
                   4347: static void cb_linehandler (char *);
                   4348: 
                   4349: int running;
                   4350: const char *prompt = "rltest$ ";
                   4351: 
                   4352: /* Callback function called for each line when accept-line executed, EOF
                   4353:    seen, or EOF character read.  This sets a flag and returns; it could
                   4354:    also call exit(3). */
                   4355: static void
                   4356: cb_linehandler (char *line)
                   4357: {
                   4358:   /* Can use ^D (stty eof) or `exit' to exit. */
                   4359:   if (line == NULL || strcmp (line, "exit") == 0)
                   4360:     {
                   4361:       if (line == 0)
                   4362:         printf ("\n");
                   4363:       printf ("exit\n");
                   4364:       /* This function needs to be called to reset the terminal settings,
                   4365:          and calling it from the line handler keeps one extra prompt from
                   4366:          being displayed. */
                   4367:       rl_callback_handler_remove ();
                   4368: 
                   4369:       running = 0;
                   4370:     }
                   4371:   else
                   4372:     {
                   4373:       if (*line)
                   4374:         add_history (line);
                   4375:       printf ("input line: %s\n", line);
                   4376:       free (line);
                   4377:     }
                   4378: }
                   4379: 
                   4380: int
                   4381: main (int c, char **v)
                   4382: {
                   4383:   fd_set fds;
                   4384:   int r;
                   4385: 
                   4386:   /* Install the line handler. */
                   4387:   rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, cb_linehandler);
                   4388: 
                   4389:   /* Enter a simple event loop.  This waits until something is available
                   4390:      to read on readline's input stream (defaults to standard input) and
                   4391:      calls the builtin character read callback to read it.  It does not
                   4392:      have to modify the user's terminal settings. */
                   4393:   running = 1;
                   4394:   while (running)
                   4395:     {
                   4396:       FD_ZERO (&#38;fds);
                   4397:       FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds);    
                   4398: 
                   4399:       r = select (FD_SETSIZE, &#38;fds, NULL, NULL, NULL);
                   4400:       if (r &#60; 0)
                   4401:         {
                   4402:           perror ("rltest: select");
                   4403:           rl_callback_handler_remove ();
                   4404:           break;
                   4405:         }
                   4406: 
                   4407:       if (FD_ISSET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds))
                   4408:         rl_callback_read_char ();
                   4409:     }
                   4410: 
                   4411:   printf ("rltest: Event loop has exited\n");
                   4412:   return 0;
                   4413: }
                   4414: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   4415: 
                   4416: <A NAME="Readline Signal Handling"></A>
                   4417: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4418: <A NAME="SEC44"></A>
                   4419: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4420: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4421: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4422: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4423: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4424: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4425: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4426: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4427: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4428: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4429: </TR></TABLE>
                   4430: <H2> 2.5 Readline Signal Handling </H2>
                   4431: <!--docid::SEC44::-->
                   4432: <P>
                   4433: 
                   4434: Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel,
                   4435: sometimes on behalf of another process.  They are intended to indicate
                   4436: exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal,
                   4437: or a network connection being broken.  There is a class of signals that can
                   4438: be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard.  Since
                   4439: Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to
                   4440: perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to
                   4441: restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with
                   4442: functions to do so manually. 
                   4443: </P><P>
                   4444: 
                   4445: Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a
                   4446: number of signals (<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>,
                   4447: <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, 
                   4448: <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>).
                   4449: When one of these signals is received, the signal handler
                   4450: will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before
                   4451: <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, reset the signal handling to what it was
                   4452: before <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and resend the signal to the calling
                   4453: application.
                   4454: If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline
                   4455: will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input.
                   4456: When a <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> is received, the Readline signal handler performs
                   4457: some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be
                   4458: aborted (see the description of <CODE>rl_free_line_state()</CODE> below).
                   4459: </P><P>
                   4460: 
                   4461: There is an additional Readline signal handler, for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, which
                   4462: the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for
                   4463: example, if a user resizes an <CODE>xterm</CODE>).  The Readline <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
                   4464: handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls
                   4465: any <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler the calling application has installed. 
                   4466: Readline calls the application's <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler without
                   4467: resetting the terminal to its original state.  If the application's signal
                   4468: handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for
                   4469: example, a <CODE>longjmp</CODE> back to a main processing loop), it <EM>must</EM>
                   4470: call <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE> (described below), to restore the
                   4471: terminal state. 
                   4472: </P><P>
                   4473: 
                   4474: Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to
                   4475: control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them
                   4476: when they are received.  It is important that applications change the
                   4477: values of these variables only when calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>, not in
                   4478: a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted.
                   4479: </P><P>
                   4480: 
                   4481: <A NAME="IDX337"></A>
                   4482: <DL>
                   4483: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_signals</B>
                   4484: <DD>If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for
                   4485: <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>,
                   4486: <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>.
                   4487: </P><P>
                   4488: 
                   4489: The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> is 1.
                   4490: </DL>
                   4491: </P><P>
                   4492: 
                   4493: <A NAME="IDX338"></A>
                   4494: <DL>
                   4495: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_sigwinch</B>
                   4496: <DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
                   4497: Readline will install a signal handler for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>.
                   4498: </P><P>
                   4499: 
                   4500: The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE> is 1.
                   4501: </DL>
                   4502: </P><P>
                   4503: 
                   4504: <A NAME="IDX339"></A>
                   4505: <DL>
                   4506: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_change_environment</B>
                   4507: <DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
                   4508: and Readline is handling <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, Readline will modify the
                   4509: <VAR>LINES</VAR> and <VAR>COLUMNS</VAR> environment variables upon receipt of a
                   4510: <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
                   4511: </P><P>
                   4512: 
                   4513: The default value of <CODE>rl_change_environment</CODE> is 1.
                   4514: </DL>
                   4515: </P><P>
                   4516: 
                   4517: If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or
                   4518: to handle signals other than those Readline catches (<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>,
                   4519: for example), 
                   4520: Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal
                   4521: and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal.
                   4522: </P><P>
                   4523: 
                   4524: <A NAME="IDX340"></A>
                   4525: <DL>
                   4526: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_cleanup_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4527: <DD>This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before
                   4528: <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for
                   4529: all signals, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
                   4530: <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
                   4531: </DL>
                   4532: </P><P>
                   4533: 
                   4534: <A NAME="IDX341"></A>
                   4535: <DL>
                   4536: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4537: <DD>This will free any partial state associated with the current input line
                   4538: (undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered
                   4539: keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument).  This
                   4540: should be called before <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE>.  The
                   4541: Readline signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> calls this to abort the
                   4542: current input line.
                   4543: </DL>
                   4544: </P><P>
                   4545: 
                   4546: <A NAME="IDX342"></A>
                   4547: <DL>
                   4548: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4549: <DD>This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal
                   4550: handlers, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
                   4551: <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
                   4552: </DL>
                   4553: </P><P>
                   4554: 
                   4555: If an application does not wish Readline to catch <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, it may
                   4556: call <CODE>rl_resize_terminal()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_set_screen_size()</CODE> to force
                   4557: Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
                   4558: is received.
                   4559: </P><P>
                   4560: 
                   4561: <A NAME="IDX343"></A>
                   4562: <DL>
                   4563: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_echo_signal_char</B> <I>(int sig)</I>
                   4564: <DD>If an application wishes to install its own signal handlers, but still
                   4565: have readline display characters that generate signals, calling this
                   4566: function with <VAR>sig</VAR> set to <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, or
                   4567: <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE> will display the character generating that signal.
                   4568: </DL>
                   4569: </P><P>
                   4570: 
                   4571: <A NAME="IDX344"></A>
                   4572: <DL>
                   4573: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_resize_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4574: <DD>Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel.
                   4575: </DL>
                   4576: </P><P>
                   4577: 
                   4578: <A NAME="IDX345"></A>
                   4579: <DL>
                   4580: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_screen_size</B> <I>(int rows, int cols)</I>
                   4581: <DD>Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to <VAR>rows</VAR> rows and
                   4582: <VAR>cols</VAR> columns.  If either <VAR>rows</VAR> or <VAR>columns</VAR> is less than
                   4583: or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged.
                   4584: </DL>
                   4585: </P><P>
                   4586: 
                   4587: If an application does not want to install a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> handler, but
                   4588: is still interested in the screen dimensions, Readline's idea of the screen
                   4589: size may be queried.
                   4590: </P><P>
                   4591: 
                   4592: <A NAME="IDX346"></A>
                   4593: <DL>
                   4594: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_get_screen_size</B> <I>(int *rows, int *cols)</I>
                   4595: <DD>Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the
                   4596: variables pointed to by the arguments.
                   4597: </DL>
                   4598: </P><P>
                   4599: 
                   4600: <A NAME="IDX347"></A>
                   4601: <DL>
                   4602: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_screen_size</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4603: <DD>Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions.
                   4604: </DL>
                   4605: </P><P>
                   4606: 
                   4607: The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers.
                   4608: </P><P>
                   4609: 
                   4610: <A NAME="IDX348"></A>
                   4611: <DL>
                   4612: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4613: <DD>Install Readline's signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>,
                   4614: <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>,
                   4615: <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, depending on the values of
                   4616: <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
                   4617: </DL>
                   4618: </P><P>
                   4619: 
                   4620: <A NAME="IDX349"></A>
                   4621: <DL>
                   4622: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
                   4623: <DD>Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
                   4624: <CODE>rl_set_signals()</CODE>.
                   4625: </DL>
                   4626: </P><P>
                   4627: 
                   4628: <A NAME="Custom Completers"></A>
                   4629: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4630: <A NAME="SEC45"></A>
                   4631: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4632: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4633: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4634: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   4635: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4636: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4637: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4638: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4639: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4640: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4641: </TR></TABLE>
                   4642: <H2> 2.6 Custom Completers </H2>
                   4643: <!--docid::SEC45::-->
                   4644: <P>
                   4645: 
                   4646: Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
                   4647: disambiguating commands and data.  If your program is one of these, then
                   4648: it can provide completion for commands, data, or both.
                   4649: The following sections describe how your program and Readline
                   4650: cooperate to provide this service.
                   4651: </P><P>
                   4652: 
                   4653: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
                   4654: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The logic used to do completion.</TD></TR>
                   4655: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions provided by Readline.</TD></TR>
                   4656: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables which control completion.</TD></TR>
                   4657: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example of writing completer subroutines.</TD></TR>
                   4658: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
                   4659: <P>
                   4660: 
                   4661: <A NAME="How Completing Works"></A>
                   4662: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4663: <A NAME="SEC46"></A>
                   4664: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4665: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4666: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4667: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   4668: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4669: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4670: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4671: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4672: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4673: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4674: </TR></TABLE>
                   4675: <H3> 2.6.1 How Completing Works </H3>
                   4676: <!--docid::SEC46::-->
                   4677: <P>
                   4678: 
                   4679: In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions
                   4680: must be available.  That is, it is not possible to accurately
                   4681: expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words
                   4682: which make sense in that context.  The Readline library provides
                   4683: the user interface to completion, and two of the most common
                   4684: completion functions:  filename and username.  For completing other types
                   4685: of text, you must write your own completion function.  This section
                   4686: describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example.
                   4687: </P><P>
                   4688: 
                   4689: There are three major functions used to perform completion:
                   4690: </P><P>
                   4691: 
                   4692: <OL>
                   4693: <LI>
                   4694: The user-interface function <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.  This function is
                   4695: called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions:
                   4696: <VAR>count</VAR> and <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
                   4697: It isolates the word to be completed and calls
                   4698: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> to generate a list of possible completions.
                   4699: It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible
                   4700: completions, or actually performs the
                   4701: completion, depending on which behavior is desired.
                   4702: <P>
                   4703: 
                   4704: <LI>
                   4705: The internal function <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> uses an
                   4706: application-supplied <EM>generator</EM> function to generate the list of
                   4707: possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches.
                   4708: The caller should place the address of its generator function in
                   4709: <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>.
                   4710: <P>
                   4711: 
                   4712: <LI>
                   4713: The generator function is called repeatedly from
                   4714: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>, returning a string each time.  The
                   4715: arguments to the generator function are <VAR>text</VAR> and <VAR>state</VAR>.
                   4716: <VAR>text</VAR> is the partial word to be completed.  <VAR>state</VAR> is zero the
                   4717: first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform
                   4718: any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for
                   4719: each subsequent call.  The generator function returns
                   4720: <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> to inform <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> that there are
                   4721: no more possibilities left.  Usually the generator function computes the
                   4722: list of possible completions when <VAR>state</VAR> is zero, and returns them
                   4723: one at a time on subsequent calls.  Each string the generator function
                   4724: returns as a match must be allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; Readline
                   4725: frees the strings when it has finished with them.
                   4726: Such a generator function is referred to as an
                   4727: <EM>application-specific completion function</EM>.
                   4728: <P>
                   4729: 
                   4730: </OL>
                   4731: <P>
                   4732: 
                   4733: <A NAME="IDX350"></A>
                   4734: <DL>
                   4735: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
                   4736: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
                   4737: that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
                   4738: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>).  The default is to do filename completion.
                   4739: </DL>
                   4740: </P><P>
                   4741: 
                   4742: <A NAME="IDX351"></A>
                   4743: <DL>
                   4744: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
                   4745: <DD>This is a pointer to the generator function for
                   4746: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
                   4747: If the value of <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> is
                   4748: <CODE>NULL</CODE> then the default filename generator
                   4749: function, <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>, is used.
                   4750: An <EM>application-specific completion function</EM> is a function whose
                   4751: address is assigned to <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> and whose
                   4752: return values are used to  generate possible completions.
                   4753: </DL>
                   4754: </P><P>
                   4755: 
                   4756: <A NAME="Completion Functions"></A>
                   4757: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4758: <A NAME="SEC47"></A>
                   4759: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4760: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4761: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4762: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4763: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4764: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4765: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4766: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4767: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4768: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4769: </TR></TABLE>
                   4770: <H3> 2.6.2 Completion Functions </H3>
                   4771: <!--docid::SEC47::-->
                   4772: <P>
                   4773: 
                   4774: Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in
                   4775: Readline.
                   4776: </P><P>
                   4777: 
                   4778: <A NAME="IDX352"></A>
                   4779: <DL>
                   4780: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete_internal</B> <I>(int what_to_do)</I>
                   4781: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  <VAR>what_to_do</VAR> says what to do
                   4782: with the completion.  A value of <SAMP>`?'</SAMP> means list the possible
                   4783: completions.  <SAMP>`TAB'</SAMP> means do standard completion.  <SAMP>`*'</SAMP> means
                   4784: insert all of the possible completions.  <SAMP>`!'</SAMP> means to display
                   4785: all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
                   4786: performing partial completion.  <SAMP>`@'</SAMP> is similar to <SAMP>`!'</SAMP>, but
                   4787: possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
                   4788: a common prefix.
                   4789: </DL>
                   4790: </P><P>
                   4791: 
                   4792: <A NAME="IDX353"></A>
                   4793: <DL>
                   4794: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
                   4795: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
                   4796: that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
                   4797: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> and <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>).
                   4798: The default is to do filename
                   4799: completion.  This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an
                   4800: argument depending on <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
                   4801: </DL>
                   4802: </P><P>
                   4803: 
                   4804: <A NAME="IDX354"></A>
                   4805: <DL>
                   4806: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_possible_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
                   4807: <DD>List the possible completions.  See description of <CODE>rl_complete
                   4808: ()</CODE>.  This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of
                   4809: <SAMP>`?'</SAMP>.
                   4810: </DL>
                   4811: </P><P>
                   4812: 
                   4813: <A NAME="IDX355"></A>
                   4814: <DL>
                   4815: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
                   4816: <DD>Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the
                   4817: partially-completed word.  See description of <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
                   4818: This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of <SAMP>`*'</SAMP>.
                   4819: </DL>
                   4820: </P><P>
                   4821: 
                   4822: <A NAME="IDX356"></A>
                   4823: <DL>
                   4824: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mode</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *cfunc)</I>
                   4825: <DD>Returns the appropriate value to pass to <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
                   4826: depending on whether <VAR>cfunc</VAR> was called twice in succession and
                   4827: the values of the <CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE> and
                   4828: <CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE> variables.
                   4829: Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
                   4830: the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
                   4831: </DL>
                   4832: </P><P>
                   4833: 
                   4834: <A NAME="IDX357"></A>
                   4835: <DL>
                   4836: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_completion_matches</B> <I>(const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)</I>
                   4837: <DD>Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for
                   4838: <VAR>text</VAR>.  If there are no completions, returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>.
                   4839: The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for <VAR>text</VAR>.
                   4840: The remaining entries are the possible completions.  The array is
                   4841: terminated with a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer.
                   4842: </P><P>
                   4843: 
                   4844: <VAR>entry_func</VAR> is a function of two args, and returns a
                   4845: <CODE>char *</CODE>.  The first argument is <VAR>text</VAR>.  The second is a
                   4846: state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent
                   4847: calls.  <VAR>entry_func</VAR> returns a <CODE>NULL</CODE>  pointer to the caller
                   4848: when there are no more matches.
                   4849: </DL>
                   4850: </P><P>
                   4851: 
                   4852: <A NAME="IDX358"></A>
                   4853: <DL>
                   4854: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_filename_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
                   4855: <DD>A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
                   4856: <VAR>text</VAR> is a partial filename.
                   4857: The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
                   4858: completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
                   4859: Readline functions).
                   4860: </DL>
                   4861: </P><P>
                   4862: 
                   4863: <A NAME="IDX359"></A>
                   4864: <DL>
                   4865: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_username_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
                   4866: <DD>A completion generator for usernames.  <VAR>text</VAR> contains a partial
                   4867: username preceded by a random character (usually <SAMP>`~'</SAMP>).  As with all
                   4868: completion generators, <VAR>state</VAR> is zero on the first call and non-zero
                   4869: for subsequent calls.
                   4870: </DL>
                   4871: </P><P>
                   4872: 
                   4873: <A NAME="Completion Variables"></A>
                   4874: <HR SIZE="6">
                   4875: <A NAME="SEC48"></A>
                   4876: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   4877: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4878: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4879: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   4880: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   4881: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   4882: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   4883: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   4884: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   4885: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   4886: </TR></TABLE>
                   4887: <H3> 2.6.3 Completion Variables </H3>
                   4888: <!--docid::SEC48::-->
                   4889: <P>
                   4890: 
                   4891: <A NAME="IDX360"></A>
                   4892: <DL>
                   4893: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
                   4894: <DD>A pointer to the generator function for <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
                   4895: <CODE>NULL</CODE> means to use <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>,
                   4896: the default filename completer.
                   4897: </DL>
                   4898: </P><P>
                   4899: 
                   4900: <A NAME="IDX361"></A>
                   4901: <DL>
                   4902: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_completion_func_t * <B>rl_attempted_completion_function</B>
                   4903: <DD>A pointer to an alternative function to create matches.
                   4904: The function is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>start</VAR>, and <VAR>end</VAR>.
                   4905: <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> are indices in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> defining
                   4906: the boundaries of <VAR>text</VAR>, which is a character string.
                   4907: If this function exists and returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, or if this variable is
                   4908: set to <CODE>NULL</CODE>, then <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE> will call the value of
                   4909: <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> to generate matches, otherwise the
                   4910: array of strings returned will be used.
                   4911: If this function sets the <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_over</CODE>
                   4912: variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default
                   4913: completion even if this function returns no matches.
                   4914: </DL>
                   4915: </P><P>
                   4916: 
                   4917: <A NAME="IDX362"></A>
                   4918: <DL>
                   4919: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_quote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_quoting_function</B>
                   4920: <DD>A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an
                   4921: application-specific fashion.  This is called if filename completion is being
                   4922: attempted and one of the characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE>
                   4923: appears in a completed filename.  The function is called with
                   4924: <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>match_type</VAR>, and <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR>.  The <VAR>text</VAR>
                   4925: is the filename to be quoted.  The <VAR>match_type</VAR> is either
                   4926: <CODE>SINGLE_MATCH</CODE>, if there is only one completion match, or
                   4927: <CODE>MULT_MATCH</CODE>.  Some functions use this to decide whether or not to
                   4928: insert a closing quote character.  The <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR> is a pointer
                   4929: to any opening quote character the user typed.  Some functions choose
                   4930: to reset this character.
                   4931: </DL>
                   4932: </P><P>
                   4933: 
                   4934: <A NAME="IDX363"></A>
                   4935: <DL>
                   4936: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_dequoting_function</B>
                   4937: <DD>A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting
                   4938: characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those
                   4939: characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in
                   4940: the filesystem.  It is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the word
                   4941: to be dequoted, and <VAR>quote_char</VAR>, which is the quoting character 
                   4942: that delimits the filename (usually <SAMP>`''</SAMP> or <SAMP>`"'</SAMP>).  If
                   4943: <VAR>quote_char</VAR> is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string.
                   4944: </DL>
                   4945: </P><P>
                   4946: 
                   4947: <A NAME="IDX364"></A>
                   4948: <DL>
                   4949: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_linebuf_func_t * <B>rl_char_is_quoted_p</B>
                   4950: <DD>A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific
                   4951: character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting
                   4952: mechanism the program calling Readline uses.  The function is called with
                   4953: two arguments: <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the line, and <VAR>index</VAR>, the
                   4954: index of the character in the line.  It is used to decide whether a
                   4955: character found in <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> should be
                   4956: used to break words for the completer.
                   4957: </DL>
                   4958: </P><P>
                   4959: 
                   4960: <A NAME="IDX365"></A>
                   4961: <DL>
                   4962: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compignore_func_t * <B>rl_ignore_some_completions_function</B>
                   4963: <DD>This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename
                   4964: completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated.
                   4965: It is passed a <CODE>NULL</CODE> terminated array of matches.
                   4966: The first element (<CODE>matches[0]</CODE>) is the
                   4967: maximal substring common to all matches. This function can
                   4968: re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted
                   4969: from the array must be freed.
                   4970: </DL>
                   4971: </P><P>
                   4972: 
                   4973: <A NAME="IDX366"></A>
                   4974: <DL>
                   4975: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_completion_hook</B>
                   4976: <DD>This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion
                   4977: of filenames Readline completes.
                   4978: It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames.
                   4979: It is called with the address of a string (the current directory name) as an
                   4980: argument, and may modify that string.
                   4981: If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed.
                   4982: Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash.
                   4983: The modified value will be used as part of the completion, replacing
                   4984: the directory portion of the pathname the user typed.
                   4985: At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
                   4986: remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
                   4987: be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
                   4988: </P><P>
                   4989: 
                   4990: The directory completion hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
                   4991: the function modifies its directory argument.
                   4992: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
                   4993: </DL>
                   4994: </P><P>
                   4995: 
                   4996: <A NAME="IDX367"></A>
                   4997: <DL>
                   4998: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</B>
                   4999: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
                   5000: a directory name.  This function takes the address of the directory name
                   5001: to be modified as an argument.  Unlike <CODE>rl_directory_completion_hook</CODE>,
                   5002: it only modifies the directory name used in <CODE>opendir</CODE>, not what is
                   5003: displayed when the possible completions are printed or inserted.  It is
                   5004: called before rl_directory_completion_hook.
                   5005: At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
                   5006: remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
                   5007: be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
                   5008: </P><P>
                   5009: 
                   5010: The directory rewrite hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
                   5011: the function modfies its directory argument.
                   5012: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
                   5013: </DL>
                   5014: </P><P>
                   5015: 
                   5016: <A NAME="IDX368"></A>
                   5017: <DL>
                   5018: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_filename_stat_hook</B>
                   5019: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to
                   5020: call before deciding which character to append to a completed name.
                   5021: This function modifies its filename name argument, and the modified value
                   5022: is passed to <CODE>stat()</CODE> to determine the file's type and characteristics.
                   5023: This function does not need to remove quote characters from the filename.
                   5024: </P><P>
                   5025: 
                   5026: The stat hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
                   5027: the function modfies its directory argument.
                   5028: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
                   5029: </DL>
                   5030: </P><P>
                   5031: 
                   5032: <A NAME="IDX369"></A>
                   5033: <DL>
                   5034: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_rewrite_hook</B>
                   5035: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function called when reading
                   5036: directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
                   5037: them to the partial word to be completed.  The function should
                   5038: perform any necessary application or system-specific conversion on
                   5039: the filename, such as converting between character sets or converting
                   5040: from a filesystem format to a character input format.
                   5041: The function takes two arguments: <VAR>fname</VAR>, the filename to be converted,
                   5042: and <VAR>fnlen</VAR>, its length in bytes.
                   5043: It must either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place)
                   5044: or the converted filename in newly-allocated memory.  The converted
                   5045: form is used to compare against the word to be completed, and, if it
                   5046: matches, is added to the list of matches.  Readline will free the
                   5047: allocated string.
                   5048: </DL>
                   5049: </P><P>
                   5050: 
                   5051: <A NAME="IDX370"></A>
                   5052: <DL>
                   5053: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compdisp_func_t * <B>rl_completion_display_matches_hook</B>
                   5054: <DD>If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
                   5055: completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
                   5056: This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list.
                   5057: It takes three arguments:
                   5058: (<CODE>char **</CODE><VAR>matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>num_matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>max_length</VAR>)
                   5059: where <VAR>matches</VAR> is the array of matching strings,
                   5060: <VAR>num_matches</VAR> is the number of strings in that array, and
                   5061: <VAR>max_length</VAR> is the length of the longest string in that array.
                   5062: Readline provides a convenience function, <CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE>,
                   5063: that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream.  That
                   5064: function may be called from this hook.
                   5065: </DL>
                   5066: </P><P>
                   5067: 
                   5068: <A NAME="IDX371"></A>
                   5069: <DL>
                   5070: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_word_break_characters</B>
                   5071: <DD>The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
                   5072: completer routine.  The default value of this variable is the characters
                   5073: which break words for completion in Bash:
                   5074: <CODE>" \t\n\"\\'`@$>&#60;=;|&#38;{("</CODE>.
                   5075: </DL>
                   5076: </P><P>
                   5077: 
                   5078: <A NAME="IDX372"></A>
                   5079: <DL>
                   5080: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_quote_characters</B>
                   5081: <DD>A list of quote characters which can cause a word break.
                   5082: </DL>
                   5083: </P><P>
                   5084: 
                   5085: <A NAME="IDX373"></A>
                   5086: <DL>
                   5087: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_word_break_characters</B>
                   5088: <DD>The list of characters that signal a break between words for
                   5089: <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>.  The default list is the value of
                   5090: <CODE>rl_basic_word_break_characters</CODE>.
                   5091: </DL>
                   5092: </P><P>
                   5093: 
                   5094: <A NAME="IDX374"></A>
                   5095: <DL>
                   5096: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_cpvfunc_t * <B>rl_completion_word_break_hook</B>
                   5097: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
                   5098: deciding where to separate words for word completion.  It should return
                   5099: a character string like <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> to be
                   5100: used to perform the current completion.  The function may choose to set
                   5101: <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> itself.  If the function
                   5102: returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> is used.
                   5103: </DL>
                   5104: </P><P>
                   5105: 
                   5106: <A NAME="IDX375"></A>
                   5107: <DL>
                   5108: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_quote_characters</B>
                   5109: <DD>A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
                   5110: Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
                   5111: <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> are treated as any other character,
                   5112: unless they also appear within this list.
                   5113: </DL>
                   5114: </P><P>
                   5115: 
                   5116: <A NAME="IDX376"></A>
                   5117: <DL>
                   5118: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_filename_quote_characters</B>
                   5119: <DD>A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer
                   5120: when they appear in a completed filename.  The default is the null string.
                   5121: </DL>
                   5122: </P><P>
                   5123: 
                   5124: <A NAME="IDX377"></A>
                   5125: <DL>
                   5126: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_special_prefixes</B>
                   5127: <DD>The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be
                   5128: left in <VAR>text</VAR> when it is passed to the completion function.
                   5129: Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do.
                   5130: For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@" so that it can complete
                   5131: shell variables and hostnames.
                   5132: </DL>
                   5133: </P><P>
                   5134: 
                   5135: <A NAME="IDX378"></A>
                   5136: <DL>
                   5137: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_query_items</B>
                   5138: <DD>Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
                   5139: possible-completions call.  After that, readline asks the user if she is sure
                   5140: she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100.  A negative value 
                   5141: indicates that Readline should never ask the user.
                   5142: </DL>
                   5143: </P><P>
                   5144: 
                   5145: <A NAME="IDX379"></A>
                   5146: <DL>
                   5147: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_append_character</B>
                   5148: <DD>When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
                   5149: line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text.  The
                   5150: default is a space character (<SAMP>` '</SAMP>).  Setting this to the null
                   5151: character (<SAMP>`\0'</SAMP>) prevents anything being appended automatically.
                   5152: This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
                   5153: provide the "most sensible word separator character" according to
                   5154: an application-specific command line syntax specification.
                   5155: </DL>
                   5156: </P><P>
                   5157: 
                   5158: <A NAME="IDX380"></A>
                   5159: <DL>
                   5160: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_append</B>
                   5161: <DD>If non-zero, <VAR>rl_completion_append_character</VAR> is not appended to
                   5162: matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
                   5163: It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
                   5164: is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
                   5165: </DL>
                   5166: </P><P>
                   5167: 
                   5168: <A NAME="IDX381"></A>
                   5169: <DL>
                   5170: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_quote_character</B>
                   5171: <DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
                   5172: characters in <VAR>rl_completer_quote_characters</VAR>, it sets this variable
                   5173: to the quoting character found.
                   5174: This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
                   5175: </DL>
                   5176: </P><P>
                   5177: 
                   5178: <A NAME="IDX382"></A>
                   5179: <DL>
                   5180: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_quote</B>
                   5181: <DD>If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
                   5182: performing completion on a quoted string.
                   5183: It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
                   5184: is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
                   5185: </DL>
                   5186: </P><P>
                   5187: 
                   5188: <A NAME="IDX383"></A>
                   5189: <DL>
                   5190: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_found_quote</B>
                   5191: <DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
                   5192: to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
                   5193: by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
                   5194: This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
                   5195: </DL>
                   5196: </P><P>
                   5197: 
                   5198: <A NAME="IDX384"></A>
                   5199: <DL>
                   5200: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</B>
                   5201: <DD>If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
                   5202: symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
                   5203: user-settable <VAR>mark-directories</VAR> variable.
                   5204: This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
                   5205: can override the user's global preference (set via the
                   5206: <VAR>mark-symlinked-directories</VAR> Readline variable) if appropriate.
                   5207: This variable is set to the user's preference before any
                   5208: application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
                   5209: function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
                   5210: </DL>
                   5211: </P><P>
                   5212: 
                   5213: <A NAME="IDX385"></A>
                   5214: <DL>
                   5215: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</B>
                   5216: <DD>If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed.
                   5217: The default is 1.
                   5218: </DL>
                   5219: </P><P>
                   5220: 
                   5221: <A NAME="IDX386"></A>
                   5222: <DL>
                   5223: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_completion_desired</B>
                   5224: <DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
                   5225: filenames.  This is <EM>always</EM> zero when completion is attempted,
                   5226: and can only be changed
                   5227: within an application-specific completion function.  If it is set to a
                   5228: non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
                   5229: and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
                   5230: characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE> and
                   5231: <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_desired</CODE> is set to a non-zero value.
                   5232: </DL>
                   5233: </P><P>
                   5234: 
                   5235: <A NAME="IDX387"></A>
                   5236: <DL>
                   5237: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_quoting_desired</B>
                   5238: <DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
                   5239: double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
                   5240: completed filename contains any characters in
                   5241: <CODE>rl_filename_quote_chars</CODE>.  This is <EM>always</EM> non-zero
                   5242: when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
                   5243: application-specific completion function.
                   5244: The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
                   5245: by <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_function</CODE>.
                   5246: </DL>
                   5247: </P><P>
                   5248: 
                   5249: <A NAME="IDX388"></A>
                   5250: <DL>
                   5251: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_attempted_completion_over</B>
                   5252: <DD>If an application-specific completion function assigned to
                   5253: <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_function</CODE> sets this variable to a non-zero
                   5254: value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even
                   5255: if the application's completion function returns no matches.
                   5256: It should be set only by an application's completion function.
                   5257: </DL>
                   5258: </P><P>
                   5259: 
                   5260: <A NAME="IDX389"></A>
                   5261: <DL>
                   5262: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_sort_completion_matches</B>
                   5263: <DD>If an application sets this variable to 0, Readline will not sort the
                   5264: list of completions (which implies that it cannot remove any duplicate
                   5265: completions).  The default value is 1, which means that Readline will
                   5266: sort the completions and, depending on the value of
                   5267: <CODE>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</CODE>, will attempt to remove duplicate
                   5268: matches.
                   5269: </DL>
                   5270: </P><P>
                   5271: 
                   5272: <A NAME="IDX390"></A>
                   5273: <DL>
                   5274: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_type</B>
                   5275: <DD>Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
                   5276: attempting; see the description of <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
                   5277: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>) for the list of characters.
                   5278: This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
                   5279: completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
                   5280: the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
                   5281: </DL>
                   5282: </P><P>
                   5283: 
                   5284: <A NAME="IDX391"></A>
                   5285: <DL>
                   5286: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_invoking_key</B>
                   5287: <DD>Set to the final character in the key sequence that invoked one of the
                   5288: completion functions that call <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>.  This is
                   5289: set to the appropriate value before any application-specific completion
                   5290: function is called.
                   5291: </DL>
                   5292: </P><P>
                   5293: 
                   5294: <A NAME="IDX392"></A>
                   5295: <DL>
                   5296: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_inhibit_completion</B>
                   5297: <DD>If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited.  The completion
                   5298: character will be inserted as any other bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.
                   5299: </DL>
                   5300: </P><P>
                   5301: 
                   5302: <A NAME="A Short Completion Example"></A>
                   5303: <HR SIZE="6">
                   5304: <A NAME="SEC49"></A>
                   5305: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   5306: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   5307: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   5308: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   5309: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   5310: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
                   5311: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   5312: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   5313: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   5314: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   5315: </TR></TABLE>
                   5316: <H3> 2.6.4 A Short Completion Example </H3>
                   5317: <!--docid::SEC49::-->
                   5318: <P>
                   5319: 
                   5320: Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline
                   5321: library.  It is called <CODE>fileman</CODE>, and the source code resides in
                   5322: <TT>`examples/fileman.c'</TT>.  This sample application provides
                   5323: completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the
                   5324: history list.
                   5325: </P><P>
                   5326: 
                   5327: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
                   5328:    GNU Readline library.  This application interactively allows users
                   5329:    to manipulate files and their modes. */
                   5330: 
                   5331: #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
                   5332: #  include &#60;config.h&#62;
                   5333: #endif
                   5334: 
                   5335: #include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
                   5336: #ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
                   5337: #  include &#60;sys/file.h&#62;
                   5338: #endif
                   5339: #include &#60;sys/stat.h&#62;
                   5340: 
                   5341: #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
                   5342: #  include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
                   5343: #endif
                   5344: 
                   5345: #include &#60;fcntl.h&#62;
                   5346: #include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
                   5347: #include &#60;errno.h&#62;
                   5348: 
                   5349: #if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
                   5350: #  include &#60;string.h&#62;
                   5351: #else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
                   5352: #  include &#60;strings.h&#62;
                   5353: #endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
                   5354: 
                   5355: #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
                   5356: #  include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
                   5357: #endif
                   5358: 
                   5359: #include &#60;time.h&#62;
                   5360: 
                   5361: #include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
                   5362: #include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
                   5363: 
                   5364: extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
                   5365: 
                   5366: /* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
                   5367: int com_list PARAMS((char *));
                   5368: int com_view PARAMS((char *));
                   5369: int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
                   5370: int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
                   5371: int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
                   5372: int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
                   5373: int com_help PARAMS((char *));
                   5374: int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
                   5375: int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
                   5376: 
                   5377: /* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
                   5378:    can understand. */
                   5379: 
                   5380: typedef struct {
                   5381:   char *name;                  /* User printable name of the function. */
                   5382:   rl_icpfunc_t *func;          /* Function to call to do the job. */
                   5383:   char *doc;                   /* Documentation for this function.  */
                   5384: } COMMAND;
                   5385: 
                   5386: COMMAND commands[] = {
                   5387:   { "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" },
                   5388:   { "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" },
                   5389:   { "help", com_help, "Display this text" },
                   5390:   { "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" },
                   5391:   { "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" },
                   5392:   { "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" },
                   5393:   { "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" },
                   5394:   { "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" },
                   5395:   { "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" },
                   5396:   { "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" },
                   5397:   { "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" },
                   5398:   { (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
                   5399: };
                   5400: 
                   5401: /* Forward declarations. */
                   5402: char *stripwhite ();
                   5403: COMMAND *find_command ();
                   5404: 
                   5405: /* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
                   5406: char *progname;
                   5407: 
                   5408: /* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
                   5409: int done;
                   5410: 
                   5411: char *
                   5412: dupstr (s)
                   5413:      char *s;
                   5414: {
                   5415:   char *r;
                   5416: 
                   5417:   r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
                   5418:   strcpy (r, s);
                   5419:   return (r);
                   5420: }
                   5421: 
                   5422: main (argc, argv)
                   5423:      int argc;
                   5424:      char **argv;
                   5425: {
                   5426:   char *line, *s;
                   5427: 
                   5428:   progname = argv[0];
                   5429: 
                   5430:   initialize_readline ();      /* Bind our completer. */
                   5431: 
                   5432:   /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
                   5433:   for ( ; done == 0; )
                   5434:     {
                   5435:       line = readline ("FileMan: ");
                   5436: 
                   5437:       if (!line)
                   5438:         break;
                   5439: 
                   5440:       /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
                   5441:          Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
                   5442:          and execute it. */
                   5443:       s = stripwhite (line);
                   5444: 
                   5445:       if (*s)
                   5446:         {
                   5447:           add_history (s);
                   5448:           execute_line (s);
                   5449:         }
                   5450: 
                   5451:       free (line);
                   5452:     }
                   5453:   exit (0);
                   5454: }
                   5455: 
                   5456: /* Execute a command line. */
                   5457: int
                   5458: execute_line (line)
                   5459:      char *line;
                   5460: {
                   5461:   register int i;
                   5462:   COMMAND *command;
                   5463:   char *word;
                   5464: 
                   5465:   /* Isolate the command word. */
                   5466:   i = 0;
                   5467:   while (line[i] &#38;&#38; whitespace (line[i]))
                   5468:     i++;
                   5469:   word = line + i;
                   5470: 
                   5471:   while (line[i] &#38;&#38; !whitespace (line[i]))
                   5472:     i++;
                   5473: 
                   5474:   if (line[i])
                   5475:     line[i++] = '\0';
                   5476: 
                   5477:   command = find_command (word);
                   5478: 
                   5479:   if (!command)
                   5480:     {
                   5481:       fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
                   5482:       return (-1);
                   5483:     }
                   5484: 
                   5485:   /* Get argument to command, if any. */
                   5486:   while (whitespace (line[i]))
                   5487:     i++;
                   5488: 
                   5489:   word = line + i;
                   5490: 
                   5491:   /* Call the function. */
                   5492:   return ((*(command-&#62;func)) (word));
                   5493: }
                   5494: 
                   5495: /* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
                   5496:    command.  Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
                   5497: COMMAND *
                   5498: find_command (name)
                   5499:      char *name;
                   5500: {
                   5501:   register int i;
                   5502: 
                   5503:   for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
                   5504:     if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
                   5505:       return (&#38;commands[i]);
                   5506: 
                   5507:   return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
                   5508: }
                   5509: 
                   5510: /* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING.  Return a pointer
                   5511:    into STRING. */
                   5512: char *
                   5513: stripwhite (string)
                   5514:      char *string;
                   5515: {
                   5516:   register char *s, *t;
                   5517: 
                   5518:   for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
                   5519:     ;
                   5520:     
                   5521:   if (*s == 0)
                   5522:     return (s);
                   5523: 
                   5524:   t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
                   5525:   while (t &#62; s &#38;&#38; whitespace (*t))
                   5526:     t--;
                   5527:   *++t = '\0';
                   5528: 
                   5529:   return s;
                   5530: }
                   5531: 
                   5532: /* **************************************************************** */
                   5533: /*                                                                  */
                   5534: /*                  Interface to Readline Completion                */
                   5535: /*                                                                  */
                   5536: /* **************************************************************** */
                   5537: 
                   5538: char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
                   5539: char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
                   5540: 
                   5541: /* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete.  We want to try to complete
                   5542:    on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
                   5543:    if not. */
                   5544: initialize_readline ()
                   5545: {
                   5546:   /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
                   5547:   rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
                   5548: 
                   5549:   /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
                   5550:   rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
                   5551: }
                   5552: 
                   5553: /* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT.  START and END bound the
                   5554:    region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete.  TEXT is
                   5555:    the word to complete.  We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
                   5556:    in case we want to do some simple parsing.  Return the array of matches,
                   5557:    or NULL if there aren't any. */
                   5558: char **
                   5559: fileman_completion (text, start, end)
                   5560:      const char *text;
                   5561:      int start, end;
                   5562: {
                   5563:   char **matches;
                   5564: 
                   5565:   matches = (char **)NULL;
                   5566: 
                   5567:   /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
                   5568:      to complete.  Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
                   5569:      directory. */
                   5570:   if (start == 0)
                   5571:     matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
                   5572: 
                   5573:   return (matches);
                   5574: }
                   5575: 
                   5576: /* Generator function for command completion.  STATE lets us know whether
                   5577:    to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
                   5578:    start at the top of the list. */
                   5579: char *
                   5580: command_generator (text, state)
                   5581:      const char *text;
                   5582:      int state;
                   5583: {
                   5584:   static int list_index, len;
                   5585:   char *name;
                   5586: 
                   5587:   /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now.  This includes
                   5588:      saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
                   5589:      variable to 0. */
                   5590:   if (!state)
                   5591:     {
                   5592:       list_index = 0;
                   5593:       len = strlen (text);
                   5594:     }
                   5595: 
                   5596:   /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
                   5597:   while (name = commands[list_index].name)
                   5598:     {
                   5599:       list_index++;
                   5600: 
                   5601:       if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
                   5602:         return (dupstr(name));
                   5603:     }
                   5604: 
                   5605:   /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
                   5606:   return ((char *)NULL);
                   5607: }
                   5608: 
                   5609: /* **************************************************************** */
                   5610: /*                                                                  */
                   5611: /*                       FileMan Commands                           */
                   5612: /*                                                                  */
                   5613: /* **************************************************************** */
                   5614: 
                   5615: /* String to pass to system ().  This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
                   5616:    commands. */
                   5617: static char syscom[1024];
                   5618: 
                   5619: /* List the file(s) named in arg. */
                   5620: com_list (arg)
                   5621:      char *arg;
                   5622: {
                   5623:   if (!arg)
                   5624:     arg = "";
                   5625: 
                   5626:   sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
                   5627:   return (system (syscom));
                   5628: }
                   5629: 
                   5630: com_view (arg)
                   5631:      char *arg;
                   5632: {
                   5633:   if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
                   5634:     return 1;
                   5635: 
                   5636: #if defined (__MSDOS__)
                   5637:   /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
                   5638:   sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
                   5639: #else
                   5640:   sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
                   5641: #endif
                   5642:   return (system (syscom));
                   5643: }
                   5644: 
                   5645: com_rename (arg)
                   5646:      char *arg;
                   5647: {
                   5648:   too_dangerous ("rename");
                   5649:   return (1);
                   5650: }
                   5651: 
                   5652: com_stat (arg)
                   5653:      char *arg;
                   5654: {
                   5655:   struct stat finfo;
                   5656: 
                   5657:   if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
                   5658:     return (1);
                   5659: 
                   5660:   if (stat (arg, &#38;finfo) == -1)
                   5661:     {
                   5662:       perror (arg);
                   5663:       return (1);
                   5664:     }
                   5665: 
                   5666:   printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
                   5667: 
                   5668:   printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
                   5669:          arg,
                   5670:           finfo.st_nlink,
                   5671:           (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
                   5672:           finfo.st_size,
                   5673:           (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
                   5674:   printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_ctime));
                   5675:   printf ("      Last access at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_atime));
                   5676:   printf ("    Last modified at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_mtime));
                   5677:   return (0);
                   5678: }
                   5679: 
                   5680: com_delete (arg)
                   5681:      char *arg;
                   5682: {
                   5683:   too_dangerous ("delete");
                   5684:   return (1);
                   5685: }
                   5686: 
                   5687: /* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
                   5688:    not present. */
                   5689: com_help (arg)
                   5690:      char *arg;
                   5691: {
                   5692:   register int i;
                   5693:   int printed = 0;
                   5694: 
                   5695:   for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
                   5696:     {
                   5697:       if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
                   5698:         {
                   5699:           printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
                   5700:           printed++;
                   5701:         }
                   5702:     }
                   5703: 
                   5704:   if (!printed)
                   5705:     {
                   5706:       printf ("No commands match `%s'.  Possibilties are:\n", arg);
                   5707: 
                   5708:       for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
                   5709:         {
                   5710:           /* Print in six columns. */
                   5711:           if (printed == 6)
                   5712:             {
                   5713:               printed = 0;
                   5714:               printf ("\n");
                   5715:             }
                   5716: 
                   5717:           printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
                   5718:           printed++;
                   5719:         }
                   5720: 
                   5721:       if (printed)
                   5722:         printf ("\n");
                   5723:     }
                   5724:   return (0);
                   5725: }
                   5726: 
                   5727: /* Change to the directory ARG. */
                   5728: com_cd (arg)
                   5729:      char *arg;
                   5730: {
                   5731:   if (chdir (arg) == -1)
                   5732:     {
                   5733:       perror (arg);
                   5734:       return 1;
                   5735:     }
                   5736: 
                   5737:   com_pwd ("");
                   5738:   return (0);
                   5739: }
                   5740: 
                   5741: /* Print out the current working directory. */
                   5742: com_pwd (ignore)
                   5743:      char *ignore;
                   5744: {
                   5745:   char dir[1024], *s;
                   5746: 
                   5747:   s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
                   5748:   if (s == 0)
                   5749:     {
                   5750:       printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
                   5751:       return 1;
                   5752:     }
                   5753: 
                   5754:   printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
                   5755:   return 0;
                   5756: }
                   5757: 
                   5758: /* The user wishes to quit using this program.  Just set DONE non-zero. */
                   5759: com_quit (arg)
                   5760:      char *arg;
                   5761: {
                   5762:   done = 1;
                   5763:   return (0);
                   5764: }
                   5765: 
                   5766: /* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
                   5767: too_dangerous (caller)
                   5768:      char *caller;
                   5769: {
                   5770:   fprintf (stderr,
                   5771:            "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute.  Write it yourself.\n",
                   5772:            caller);
                   5773: }
                   5774: 
                   5775: /* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
                   5776:    an error message and return zero. */
                   5777: int
                   5778: valid_argument (caller, arg)
                   5779:      char *caller, *arg;
                   5780: {
                   5781:   if (!arg || !*arg)
                   5782:     {
                   5783:       fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
                   5784:       return (0);
                   5785:     }
                   5786: 
                   5787:   return (1);
                   5788: }
                   5789: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   5790: 
                   5791: <A NAME="GNU Free Documentation License"></A>
                   5792: <HR SIZE="6">
                   5793: <A NAME="SEC50"></A>
                   5794: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   5795: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   5796: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   5797: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
                   5798: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   5799: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
                   5800: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   5801: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   5802: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   5803: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   5804: </TR></TABLE>
                   5805: <H1> A. GNU Free Documentation License </H1>
                   5806: <!--docid::SEC50::-->
                   5807: <P>
                   5808: 
                   5809: <center>
                   5810:  Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
                   5811: </center>
                   5812: </P><P>
                   5813: 
                   5814: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=display><pre style="font-family: serif">Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
                   5815: <A HREF="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</A>
                   5816: 
                   5817: Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
                   5818: of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
                   5819: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   5820: 
                   5821: <OL>
                   5822: <LI>
                   5823: PREAMBLE
                   5824: <P>
                   5825: 
                   5826: The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
                   5827: functional and useful document <EM>free</EM> in the sense of freedom: to
                   5828: assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
                   5829: with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
                   5830: Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
                   5831: to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
                   5832: for modifications made by others.
                   5833: </P><P>
                   5834: 
                   5835: This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
                   5836: works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
                   5837: complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
                   5838: license designed for free software.
                   5839: </P><P>
                   5840: 
                   5841: We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
                   5842: software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
                   5843: program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
                   5844: software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
                   5845: it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
                   5846: whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
                   5847: principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
                   5848: </P><P>
                   5849: 
                   5850: <LI>
                   5851: APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
                   5852: <P>
                   5853: 
                   5854: This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
                   5855: contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
                   5856: distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
                   5857: world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
                   5858: work under the conditions stated herein.  The "Document", below,
                   5859: refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
                   5860: licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You accept the license if you
                   5861: copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
                   5862: under copyright law.
                   5863: </P><P>
                   5864: 
                   5865: A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
                   5866: Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
                   5867: modifications and/or translated into another language.
                   5868: </P><P>
                   5869: 
                   5870: A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
                   5871: of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
                   5872: publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
                   5873: subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
                   5874: directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
                   5875: part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
                   5876: any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
                   5877: connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
                   5878: commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
                   5879: them.
                   5880: </P><P>
                   5881: 
                   5882: The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
                   5883: are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
                   5884: that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
                   5885: section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
                   5886: allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
                   5887: Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
                   5888: Sections then there are none.
                   5889: </P><P>
                   5890: 
                   5891: The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
                   5892: as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
                   5893: the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
                   5894: be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
                   5895: </P><P>
                   5896: 
                   5897: A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
                   5898: represented in a format whose specification is available to the
                   5899: general public, that is suitable for revising the document
                   5900: straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
                   5901: pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
                   5902: drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
                   5903: for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
                   5904: to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
                   5905: format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
                   5906: or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
                   5907: An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
                   5908: of text.  A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
                   5909: </P><P>
                   5910: 
                   5911: Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
                   5912: ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
                   5913: format, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> using a publicly available
                   5914: <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT>, and standard-conforming simple <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
                   5915: PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> designed for human modification.  Examples
                   5916: of transparent image formats include <FONT SIZE="-1">PNG</FONT>, <FONT SIZE="-1">XCF</FONT> and
                   5917: <FONT SIZE="-1">JPG</FONT>.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
                   5918: read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or
                   5919: <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> for which the <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT> and/or processing tools are
                   5920: not generally available, and the machine-generated <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
                   5921: PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> produced by some word processors for
                   5922: output purposes only.
                   5923: </P><P>
                   5924: 
                   5925: The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
                   5926: plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
                   5927: this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
                   5928: formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
                   5929: the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
                   5930: preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
                   5931: </P><P>
                   5932: 
                   5933: The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
                   5934: of the Document to the public.
                   5935: </P><P>
                   5936: 
                   5937: A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
                   5938: title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
                   5939: text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
                   5940: specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
                   5941: "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)  To "Preserve the Title"
                   5942: of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
                   5943: section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
                   5944: </P><P>
                   5945: 
                   5946: The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
                   5947: states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
                   5948: Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
                   5949: License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
                   5950: implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
                   5951: no effect on the meaning of this License.
                   5952: </P><P>
                   5953: 
                   5954: <LI>
                   5955: VERBATIM COPYING
                   5956: <P>
                   5957: 
                   5958: You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
                   5959: commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
                   5960: copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
                   5961: to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
                   5962: conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
                   5963: technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
                   5964: copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
                   5965: compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
                   5966: number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
                   5967: </P><P>
                   5968: 
                   5969: You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
                   5970: you may publicly display copies.
                   5971: </P><P>
                   5972: 
                   5973: <LI>
                   5974: COPYING IN QUANTITY
                   5975: <P>
                   5976: 
                   5977: If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
                   5978: printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
                   5979: Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
                   5980: copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
                   5981: Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
                   5982: the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
                   5983: you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
                   5984: the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
                   5985: visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
                   5986: Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
                   5987: the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
                   5988: as verbatim copying in other respects.
                   5989: </P><P>
                   5990: 
                   5991: If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
                   5992: legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
                   5993: reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
                   5994: pages.
                   5995: </P><P>
                   5996: 
                   5997: If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
                   5998: more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
                   5999: copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
                   6000: a computer-network location from which the general network-using
                   6001: public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
                   6002: a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
                   6003: If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
                   6004: when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
                   6005: that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
                   6006: location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
                   6007: Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
                   6008: edition to the public.
                   6009: </P><P>
                   6010: 
                   6011: It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
                   6012: Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
                   6013: them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
                   6014: </P><P>
                   6015: 
                   6016: <LI>
                   6017: MODIFICATIONS
                   6018: <P>
                   6019: 
                   6020: You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
                   6021: the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
                   6022: the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
                   6023: Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
                   6024: and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
                   6025: of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
                   6026: </P><P>
                   6027: 
                   6028: <OL>
                   6029: <LI>
                   6030: Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
                   6031: from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
                   6032: (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
                   6033: of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
                   6034: if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
                   6035: <P>
                   6036: 
                   6037: <LI>
                   6038: List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
                   6039: responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
                   6040: Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
                   6041: Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
                   6042: unless they release you from this requirement.
                   6043: <P>
                   6044: 
                   6045: <LI>
                   6046: State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
                   6047: Modified Version, as the publisher.
                   6048: <P>
                   6049: 
                   6050: <LI>
                   6051: Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
                   6052: <P>
                   6053: 
                   6054: <LI>
                   6055: Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
                   6056: adjacent to the other copyright notices.
                   6057: <P>
                   6058: 
                   6059: <LI>
                   6060: Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
                   6061: giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
                   6062: terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
                   6063: <P>
                   6064: 
                   6065: <LI>
                   6066: Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
                   6067: and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
                   6068: <P>
                   6069: 
                   6070: <LI>
                   6071: Include an unaltered copy of this License.
                   6072: <P>
                   6073: 
                   6074: <LI>
                   6075: Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
                   6076: to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
                   6077: publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
                   6078: there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
                   6079: stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
                   6080: given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
                   6081: Version as stated in the previous sentence.
                   6082: <P>
                   6083: 
                   6084: <LI>
                   6085: Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
                   6086: public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
                   6087: the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
                   6088: it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
                   6089: You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
                   6090: least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
                   6091: publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
                   6092: <P>
                   6093: 
                   6094: <LI>
                   6095: For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve
                   6096: the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
                   6097: substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
                   6098: dedications given therein.
                   6099: <P>
                   6100: 
                   6101: <LI>
                   6102: Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
                   6103: unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
                   6104: or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
                   6105: <P>
                   6106: 
                   6107: <LI>
                   6108: Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
                   6109: may not be included in the Modified Version.
                   6110: <P>
                   6111: 
                   6112: <LI>
                   6113: Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or
                   6114: to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
                   6115: <P>
                   6116: 
                   6117: <LI>
                   6118: Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
                   6119: </OL>
                   6120: <P>
                   6121: 
                   6122: If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
                   6123: appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
                   6124: copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
                   6125: of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
                   6126: list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
                   6127: These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
                   6128: </P><P>
                   6129: 
                   6130: You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
                   6131: nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
                   6132: parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
                   6133: been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
                   6134: standard.
                   6135: </P><P>
                   6136: 
                   6137: You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
                   6138: passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
                   6139: of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
                   6140: Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
                   6141: through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
                   6142: includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
                   6143: by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
                   6144: you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
                   6145: permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
                   6146: </P><P>
                   6147: 
                   6148: The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
                   6149: give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
                   6150: imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
                   6151: </P><P>
                   6152: 
                   6153: <LI>
                   6154: COMBINING DOCUMENTS
                   6155: <P>
                   6156: 
                   6157: You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
                   6158: License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
                   6159: versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
                   6160: Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
                   6161: list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
                   6162: license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
                   6163: </P><P>
                   6164: 
                   6165: The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
                   6166: multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
                   6167: copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
                   6168: different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
                   6169: adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
                   6170: author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
                   6171: Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
                   6172: Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
                   6173: </P><P>
                   6174: 
                   6175: In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
                   6176: in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
                   6177: "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
                   6178: and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all
                   6179: sections Entitled "Endorsements."
                   6180: </P><P>
                   6181: 
                   6182: <LI>
                   6183: COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
                   6184: <P>
                   6185: 
                   6186: You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
                   6187: released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
                   6188: License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
                   6189: the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
                   6190: verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
                   6191: </P><P>
                   6192: 
                   6193: You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
                   6194: it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
                   6195: License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
                   6196: other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
                   6197: </P><P>
                   6198: 
                   6199: <LI>
                   6200: AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
                   6201: <P>
                   6202: 
                   6203: A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
                   6204: and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
                   6205: distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
                   6206: resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
                   6207: of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
                   6208: When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
                   6209: apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
                   6210: derivative works of the Document.
                   6211: </P><P>
                   6212: 
                   6213: If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
                   6214: copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
                   6215: the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
                   6216: covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
                   6217: electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
                   6218: Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
                   6219: aggregate.
                   6220: </P><P>
                   6221: 
                   6222: <LI>
                   6223: TRANSLATION
                   6224: <P>
                   6225: 
                   6226: Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
                   6227: distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
                   6228: Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
                   6229: permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
                   6230: translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
                   6231: original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
                   6232: translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
                   6233: Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
                   6234: the original English version of this License and the original versions
                   6235: of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
                   6236: the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
                   6237: or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
                   6238: </P><P>
                   6239: 
                   6240: If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
                   6241: "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
                   6242: its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
                   6243: title.
                   6244: </P><P>
                   6245: 
                   6246: <LI>
                   6247: TERMINATION
                   6248: <P>
                   6249: 
                   6250: You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
                   6251: except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
                   6252: otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
                   6253: will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
                   6254: </P><P>
                   6255: 
                   6256: However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
                   6257: from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
                   6258: unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
                   6259: terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
                   6260: fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
                   6261: 60 days after the cessation.
                   6262: </P><P>
                   6263: 
                   6264: Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
                   6265: reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
                   6266: violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
                   6267: received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
                   6268: copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
                   6269: your receipt of the notice.
                   6270: </P><P>
                   6271: 
                   6272: Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
                   6273: licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
                   6274: this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
                   6275: reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
                   6276: not give you any rights to use it.
                   6277: </P><P>
                   6278: 
                   6279: <LI>
                   6280: FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
                   6281: <P>
                   6282: 
                   6283: The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
                   6284: of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
                   6285: versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
                   6286: differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
                   6287: <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>.
                   6288: </P><P>
                   6289: 
                   6290: Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
                   6291: If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
                   6292: License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
                   6293: following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
                   6294: of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
                   6295: Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
                   6296: number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
                   6297: as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Document
                   6298: specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
                   6299: License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
                   6300: version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
                   6301: Document.
                   6302: </P><P>
                   6303: 
                   6304: <LI>
                   6305: RELICENSING
                   6306: <P>
                   6307: 
                   6308: "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
                   6309: World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
                   6310: provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.  A
                   6311: public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.  A
                   6312: "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
                   6313: site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
                   6314: site.
                   6315: </P><P>
                   6316: 
                   6317: "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
                   6318: license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
                   6319: corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
                   6320: California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
                   6321: published by that same organization.
                   6322: </P><P>
                   6323: 
                   6324: "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
                   6325: in part, as part of another Document.
                   6326: </P><P>
                   6327: 
                   6328: An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
                   6329: License, and if all works that were first published under this License
                   6330: somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
                   6331: or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
                   6332: and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
                   6333: </P><P>
                   6334: 
                   6335: The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
                   6336: under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
                   6337: provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
                   6338: </P><P>
                   6339: 
                   6340: </OL>
                   6341: <P>
                   6342: 
                   6343: <A NAME="SEC51"></A>
                   6344: <H2> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </H2>
                   6345: <!--docid::SEC51::-->
                   6346: <P>
                   6347: 
                   6348: To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
                   6349: the License in the document and put the following copyright and
                   6350: license notices just after the title page:
                   6351: </P><P>
                   6352: 
                   6353: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>  Copyright (C)  <VAR>year</VAR>  <VAR>your name</VAR>.
                   6354:   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
                   6355:   under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
                   6356:   or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
                   6357:   with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
                   6358:   Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
                   6359:   Free Documentation License''.
                   6360: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   6361: 
                   6362: If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
                   6363: replace the "with<small>...</small>Texts." line with this:
                   6364: </P><P>
                   6365: 
                   6366: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>    with the Invariant Sections being <VAR>list their titles</VAR>, with
                   6367:     the Front-Cover Texts being <VAR>list</VAR>, and with the Back-Cover Texts
                   6368:     being <VAR>list</VAR>.
                   6369: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
                   6370: 
                   6371: If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
                   6372: combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
                   6373: situation.
                   6374: </P><P>
                   6375: 
                   6376: If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
                   6377: recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
                   6378: free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
                   6379: to permit their use in free software.
                   6380: </P><P>
                   6381: 
                   6382: <A NAME="Concept Index"></A>
                   6383: <HR SIZE="6">
                   6384: <A NAME="SEC52"></A>
                   6385: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   6386: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   6387: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC53"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
                   6388: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   6389: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   6390: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
                   6391: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   6392: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   6393: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   6394: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   6395: </TR></TABLE>
                   6396: <H1> Concept Index </H1>
                   6397: <!--docid::SEC52::-->
                   6398: <table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
                   6399:  &nbsp; 
                   6400: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
                   6401:  &nbsp; 
                   6402: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
                   6403:  &nbsp; 
                   6404: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
                   6405:  &nbsp; 
                   6406: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
                   6407:  &nbsp; 
                   6408: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
                   6409:  &nbsp; 
                   6410: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
                   6411:  &nbsp; 
                   6412: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
                   6413:  &nbsp; 
                   6414: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
                   6415:  &nbsp; 
                   6416: </td></tr></table><br><P></P>
                   6417: <TABLE border=0>
                   6418: <TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
                   6419: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6420: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6421: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">application-specific completion functions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD></TR>
                   6422: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6423: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6424: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">command editing</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
                   6425: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6426: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6427: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">editing command lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
                   6428: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6429: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6430: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">initialization file, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD></TR>
                   6431: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">interaction, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD></TR>
                   6432: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6433: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6434: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX3">kill ring</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6435: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX1">killing text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6436: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6437: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6438: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">notation, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
                   6439: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6440: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6441: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX201">readline, function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
                   6442: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6443: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6444: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX4">variables, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6445: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6446: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6447: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX2">yanking text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6448: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6449: </TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
                   6450:  &nbsp; 
                   6451: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
                   6452:  &nbsp; 
                   6453: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
                   6454:  &nbsp; 
                   6455: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
                   6456:  &nbsp; 
                   6457: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
                   6458:  &nbsp; 
                   6459: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
                   6460:  &nbsp; 
                   6461: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
                   6462:  &nbsp; 
                   6463: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
                   6464:  &nbsp; 
                   6465: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
                   6466:  &nbsp; 
                   6467: </td></tr></table><br><P>
                   6468: 
                   6469: <A NAME="Function and Variable Index"></A>
                   6470: <HR SIZE="6">
                   6471: <A NAME="SEC53"></A>
                   6472: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   6473: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
                   6474: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt; ]</TD>
                   6475: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
                   6476: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
                   6477: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
                   6478: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   6479: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   6480: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   6481: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   6482: </TR></TABLE>
                   6483: <H1> Function and Variable Index </H1>
                   6484: <!--docid::SEC53::-->
                   6485: <table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
                   6486:  &nbsp; 
                   6487: <BR>
                   6488: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
                   6489:  &nbsp; 
                   6490: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
                   6491:  &nbsp; 
                   6492: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
                   6493:  &nbsp; 
                   6494: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
                   6495:  &nbsp; 
                   6496: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
                   6497:  &nbsp; 
                   6498: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
                   6499:  &nbsp; 
                   6500: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
                   6501:  &nbsp; 
                   6502: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
                   6503:  &nbsp; 
                   6504: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
                   6505:  &nbsp; 
                   6506: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
                   6507:  &nbsp; 
                   6508: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
                   6509:  &nbsp; 
                   6510: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
                   6511:  &nbsp; 
                   6512: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
                   6513:  &nbsp; 
                   6514: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
                   6515:  &nbsp; 
                   6516: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
                   6517:  &nbsp; 
                   6518: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
                   6519:  &nbsp; 
                   6520: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
                   6521:  &nbsp; 
                   6522: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
                   6523:  &nbsp; 
                   6524: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
                   6525:  &nbsp; 
                   6526: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
                   6527:  &nbsp; 
                   6528: </td></tr></table><br><P></P>
                   6529: <TABLE border=0>
                   6530: <TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
                   6531: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6532: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn__"></A>_</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6533: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX322"><CODE>_rl_digit_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6534: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX325"><CODE>_rl_digit_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6535: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX321"><CODE>_rl_lowercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6536: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX324"><CODE>_rl_to_lower</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6537: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX323"><CODE>_rl_to_upper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6538: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX320"><CODE>_rl_uppercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6539: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6540: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6541: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX166"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6542: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX167"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6543: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX54"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6544: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX55"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6545: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6546: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_B"></A>B</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6547: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX44"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6548: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX45"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6549: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX88"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6550: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX89"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6551: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX112"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6552: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX113"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6553: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX120"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6554: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX121"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6555: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX48"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6556: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX49"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6557: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX60"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6558: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX61"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6559: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX38"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6560: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX39"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6561: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX5">bell-style</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6562: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX6">bind-tty-special-chars</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6563: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6564: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6565: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX160"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6566: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX161"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6567: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX106"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6568: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX107"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6569: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX182"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6570: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX183"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6571: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX184"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6572: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX185"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6573: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX50"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6574: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX51"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6575: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX7">colored-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6576: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX8">comment-begin</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6577: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX144"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6578: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX145"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6579: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX9">completion-display-width</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6580: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX10">completion-ignore-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6581: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX11">completion-map-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6582: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX12">completion-prefix-display-length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6583: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX13">completion-query-items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6584: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX14">convert-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6585: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX132"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6586: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX133"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6587: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX134"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6588: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX135"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6589: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX130"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6590: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX131"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6591: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6592: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_D"></A>D</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6593: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX86"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6594: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX87"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6595: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX154"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6596: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX155"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6597: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX126"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6598: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX127"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6599: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX140"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
                   6600: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX141"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
                   6601: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX15">disable-completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6602: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX168"><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6603: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX169"><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6604: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX104"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6605: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX105"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6606: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX190"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6607: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX191"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6608: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX194"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6609: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX195"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6610: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX192"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6611: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX193"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6612: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6613: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6614: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX16">editing-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6615: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX196"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6616: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX197"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6617: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX17">enable-keypad</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6618: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX158"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6619: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX159"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6620: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX84"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6621: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX85"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6622: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX62"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6623: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX63"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6624: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX40"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6625: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX41"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6626: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX180"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6627: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX181"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6628: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX18">expand-tilde</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6629: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6630: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_F"></A>F</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6631: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX90"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6632: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX91"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6633: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX42"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6634: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX43"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6635: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX66"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6636: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX67"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6637: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX46"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6638: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX47"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6639: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6640: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_H"></A>H</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6641: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX19">history-preserve-point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6642: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX74"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6643: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX75"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6644: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX72"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6645: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX73"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6646: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX20">history-size</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6647: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX78"><CODE>history-substr-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6648: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX79"><CODE>history-substr-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6649: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX76"><CODE>history-substr-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6650: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX77"><CODE>history-substr-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6651: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX21">horizontal-scroll-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6652: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6653: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6654: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX22">input-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6655: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX188"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6656: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX189"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6657: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX148"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6658: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX149"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6659: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX24">isearch-terminators</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6660: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6661: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6662: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX25">keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6663: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX110"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6664: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX111"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6665: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX128"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6666: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX129"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6667: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX116"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6668: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX117"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6669: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX118"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6670: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX119"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6671: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6672: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_M"></A>M</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6673: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX26">mark-modified-lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6674: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX27">mark-symlinked-directories</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6675: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX28">match-hidden-files</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6676: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX150"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6677: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX151"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6678: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX152"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6679: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX153"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6680: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX29">menu-complete-display-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6681: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX23">meta-flag</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6682: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6683: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6684: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX58"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6685: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX59"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6686: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX70"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6687: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX71"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6688: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX68"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6689: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX69"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6690: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6691: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_O"></A>O</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6692: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX30">output-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6693: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX108"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6694: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX109"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6695: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6696: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_P"></A>P</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6697: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX31">page-completions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6698: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX146"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6699: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX147"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
                   6700: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX170"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6701: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX171"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6702: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX56"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6703: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX57"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6704: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX162"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6705: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX163"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6706: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6707: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Q"></A>Q</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6708: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX92"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6709: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX93"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6710: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6711: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6712: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX164"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6713: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX165"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6714: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX200"><CODE>readline</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
                   6715: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX52"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6716: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX53"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
                   6717: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX64"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6718: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX65"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6719: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX32">revert-all-at-newline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6720: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX174"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6721: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX175"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6722: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX242"><CODE>rl_add_defun</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD></TR>
                   6723: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX275"><CODE>rl_add_funmap_entry</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6724: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX278"><CODE>rl_add_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
                   6725: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX318"><CODE>rl_alphabetic</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6726: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX213">rl_already_prompted</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6727: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX361">rl_attempted_completion_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6728: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX388">rl_attempted_completion_over</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6729: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX372">rl_basic_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6730: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX371">rl_basic_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6731: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX276"><CODE>rl_begin_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
                   6732: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX252"><CODE>rl_bind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6733: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX254"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6734: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX255"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6735: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX253"><CODE>rl_bind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6736: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX260"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6737: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX263"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6738: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX264"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6739: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX261"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6740: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX233">rl_binding_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6741: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX334"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
                   6742: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX336"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_remove</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
                   6743: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX335"><CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
                   6744: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX337">rl_catch_signals</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6745: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX338">rl_catch_sigwinch</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6746: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX339">rl_change_environment</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6747: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX364">rl_char_is_quoted_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6748: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX340"><CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6749: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX333"><CODE>rl_clear_history</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6750: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX290"><CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6751: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX304"><CODE>rl_clear_pending_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
                   6752: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX349"><CODE>rl_clear_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6753: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX350"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
                   6754: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX353"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6755: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX352"><CODE>rl_complete_internal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6756: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX375">rl_completer_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6757: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX373">rl_completer_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6758: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX379">rl_completion_append_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6759: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX370">rl_completion_display_matches_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6760: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX351">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
                   6761: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX360">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6762: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX383">rl_completion_found_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6763: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX391">rl_completion_invoking_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6764: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX384">rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6765: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX357"><CODE>rl_completion_matches</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6766: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX356"><CODE>rl_completion_mode</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6767: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX378">rl_completion_query_items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6768: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX381">rl_completion_quote_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6769: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX380">rl_completion_suppress_append</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6770: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX382">rl_completion_suppress_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6771: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX390">rl_completion_type</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6772: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX374">rl_completion_word_break_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6773: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX244"><CODE>rl_copy_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6774: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX297"><CODE>rl_copy_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6775: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX287"><CODE>rl_crlf</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6776: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX296"><CODE>rl_delete_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6777: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX231">rl_deprep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6778: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX307"><CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
                   6779: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX317"><CODE>rl_ding</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6780: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX366">rl_directory_completion_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6781: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX367">rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6782: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX246"><CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6783: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX209">rl_dispatching</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6784: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX319"><CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6785: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX212">rl_display_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6786: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX280"><CODE>rl_do_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
                   6787: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX206">rl_done</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6788: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX343"><CODE>rl_echo_signal_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6789: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX241">rl_editing_mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6790: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX204">rl_end</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6791: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX277"><CODE>rl_end_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
                   6792: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX210">rl_erase_empty_line</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6793: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX225">rl_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6794: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX303"><CODE>rl_execute_next</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
                   6795: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX235">rl_executing_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6796: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX232">rl_executing_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6797: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX236">rl_executing_keyseq</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6798: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX234">rl_executing_macro</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6799: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX293"><CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6800: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX239">rl_explicit_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6801: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX315"><CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6802: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX386">rl_filename_completion_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6803: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX358"><CODE>rl_filename_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6804: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX363">rl_filename_dequoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6805: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX376">rl_filename_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6806: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX387">rl_filename_quoting_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6807: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX362">rl_filename_quoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6808: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX369">rl_filename_rewrite_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6809: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX368">rl_filename_stat_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6810: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX283"><CODE>rl_forced_update_display</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6811: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX313"><CODE>rl_free</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6812: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX247"><CODE>rl_free_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6813: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX341"><CODE>rl_free_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6814: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX279"><CODE>rl_free_undo_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
                   6815: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX272"><CODE>rl_function_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6816: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX269"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6817: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX274"><CODE>rl_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6818: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX265"><CODE>rl_generic_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6819: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX248"><CODE>rl_get_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6820: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX250"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_by_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6821: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX251"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6822: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX346"><CODE>rl_get_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6823: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX332"><CODE>rl_get_termcap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6824: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX301"><CODE>rl_getc</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
                   6825: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX226">rl_getc_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6826: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX216">rl_gnu_readline_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6827: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX385">rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6828: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX365">rl_ignore_some_completions_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6829: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX392">rl_inhibit_completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6830: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX316"><CODE>rl_initialize</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6831: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX228">rl_input_available_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6832: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX355"><CODE>rl_insert_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6833: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX295"><CODE>rl_insert_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6834: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX219">rl_instream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6835: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX270"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6836: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX271"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6837: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX237">rl_key_sequence_length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6838: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX298"><CODE>rl_kill_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6839: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX222">rl_last_func</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6840: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX214">rl_library_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6841: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX202">rl_line_buffer</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6842: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX273"><CODE>rl_list_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6843: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX326"><CODE>rl_macro_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6844: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX327"><CODE>rl_macro_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6845: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX243"><CODE>rl_make_bare_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6846: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX245"><CODE>rl_make_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6847: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX205">rl_mark</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6848: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX289"><CODE>rl_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6849: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX281"><CODE>rl_modifying</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
                   6850: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX268"><CODE>rl_named_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
                   6851: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX207">rl_num_chars_to_read</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6852: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX240">rl_numeric_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6853: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX284"><CODE>rl_on_new_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6854: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX285"><CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6855: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX220">rl_outstream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6856: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX266"><CODE>rl_parse_and_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6857: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX208">rl_pending_input</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6858: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX203">rl_point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6859: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX354"><CODE>rl_possible_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6860: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX224">rl_pre_input_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6861: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX221">rl_prefer_env_winsize</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6862: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX230">rl_prep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6863: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX306"><CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
                   6864: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX211">rl_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6865: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX299"><CODE>rl_push_macro_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6866: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX267"><CODE>rl_read_init_file</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6867: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX300"><CODE>rl_read_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
                   6868: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX218">rl_readline_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6869: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX238">rl_readline_state</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6870: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX215">rl_readline_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6871: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX282"><CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6872: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX229">rl_redisplay_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6873: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX314"><CODE>rl_replace_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6874: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX342"><CODE>rl_reset_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6875: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX286"><CODE>rl_reset_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6876: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX347"><CODE>rl_reset_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6877: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX310"><CODE>rl_reset_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
                   6878: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX344"><CODE>rl_resize_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6879: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX292"><CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6880: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX312"><CODE>rl_restore_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6881: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX291"><CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6882: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX311"><CODE>rl_save_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6883: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX262"><CODE>rl_set_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6884: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX305"><CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
                   6885: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX249"><CODE>rl_set_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
                   6886: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX331"><CODE>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6887: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX294"><CODE>rl_set_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6888: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX345"><CODE>rl_set_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6889: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX348"><CODE>rl_set_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
                   6890: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX288"><CODE>rl_show_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
                   6891: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX227">rl_signal_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6892: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX389">rl_sort_completion_matches</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6893: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX377">rl_special_prefixes</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6894: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX223">rl_startup_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6895: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX302"><CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
                   6896: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX217">rl_terminal_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
                   6897: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX308"><CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
                   6898: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX309"><CODE>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
                   6899: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX259"><CODE>rl_unbind_command_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6900: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX258"><CODE>rl_unbind_function_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6901: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX256"><CODE>rl_unbind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6902: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX257"><CODE>rl_unbind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
                   6903: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX359"><CODE>rl_username_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6904: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX328"><CODE>rl_variable_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6905: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX330"><CODE>rl_variable_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6906: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX329"><CODE>rl_variable_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
                   6907: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6908: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_S"></A>S</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6909: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX96"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6910: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX97"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6911: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX178"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6912: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX179"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6913: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX33">show-all-if-ambiguous</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6914: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX34">show-all-if-unmodified</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6915: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX35">show-mode-in-prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6916: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX36">skip-completed-text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6917: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX186"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6918: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX187"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6919: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX156"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6920: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX157"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
                   6921: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6922: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_T"></A>T</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6923: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX94"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6924: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX95"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6925: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX176"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6926: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX177"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6927: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX98"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6928: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX99"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6929: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX100"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6930: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX101"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6931: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6932: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_U"></A>U</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6933: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX172"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6934: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX173"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6935: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX142"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
                   6936: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX143"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
                   6937: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX124"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6938: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX125"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6939: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX114"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6940: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX115"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6941: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX122"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6942: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX123"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6943: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX102"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6944: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX103"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
                   6945: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6946: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6947: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX198"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6948: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX199"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
                   6949: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX37">visible-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
                   6950: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6951: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
                   6952: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX136"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6953: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX137"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6954: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX82"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6955: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX83"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6956: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX80"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6957: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX81"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
                   6958: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX138"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6959: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX139"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
                   6960: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
                   6961: </TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
                   6962:  &nbsp; 
                   6963: <BR>
                   6964: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
                   6965:  &nbsp; 
                   6966: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
                   6967:  &nbsp; 
                   6968: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
                   6969:  &nbsp; 
                   6970: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
                   6971:  &nbsp; 
                   6972: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
                   6973:  &nbsp; 
                   6974: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
                   6975:  &nbsp; 
                   6976: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
                   6977:  &nbsp; 
                   6978: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
                   6979:  &nbsp; 
                   6980: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
                   6981:  &nbsp; 
                   6982: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
                   6983:  &nbsp; 
                   6984: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
                   6985:  &nbsp; 
                   6986: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
                   6987:  &nbsp; 
                   6988: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
                   6989:  &nbsp; 
                   6990: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
                   6991:  &nbsp; 
                   6992: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
                   6993:  &nbsp; 
                   6994: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
                   6995:  &nbsp; 
                   6996: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
                   6997:  &nbsp; 
                   6998: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
                   6999:  &nbsp; 
                   7000: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
                   7001:  &nbsp; 
                   7002: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
                   7003:  &nbsp; 
                   7004: </td></tr></table><br><P>
                   7005: 
                   7006: <HR SIZE="6">
                   7007: <A NAME="SEC_Contents"></A>
                   7008: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   7009: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   7010: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   7011: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   7012: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   7013: </TR></TABLE>
                   7014: <H1>Table of Contents</H1>
                   7015: <UL>
                   7016: <A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
                   7017: <BR>
                   7018: <UL>
                   7019: <A NAME="TOC2" HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A>
                   7020: <BR>
                   7021: <A NAME="TOC3" HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A>
                   7022: <BR>
                   7023: <UL>
                   7024: <A NAME="TOC4" HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A>
                   7025: <BR>
                   7026: <A NAME="TOC5" HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A>
                   7027: <BR>
                   7028: <A NAME="TOC6" HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A>
                   7029: <BR>
                   7030: <A NAME="TOC7" HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A>
                   7031: <BR>
                   7032: <A NAME="TOC8" HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>
                   7033: <BR>
                   7034: </UL>
                   7035: <A NAME="TOC9" HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>
                   7036: <BR>
                   7037: <UL>
                   7038: <A NAME="TOC10" HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>
                   7039: <BR>
                   7040: <A NAME="TOC11" HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>
                   7041: <BR>
                   7042: <A NAME="TOC12" HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A>
                   7043: <BR>
                   7044: </UL>
                   7045: <A NAME="TOC13" HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A>
                   7046: <BR>
                   7047: <UL>
                   7048: <A NAME="TOC14" HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A>
                   7049: <BR>
                   7050: <A NAME="TOC15" HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A>
                   7051: <BR>
                   7052: <A NAME="TOC16" HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A>
                   7053: <BR>
                   7054: <A NAME="TOC17" HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A>
                   7055: <BR>
                   7056: <A NAME="TOC18" HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A>
                   7057: <BR>
                   7058: <A NAME="TOC19" HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A>
                   7059: <BR>
                   7060: <A NAME="TOC20" HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A>
                   7061: <BR>
                   7062: <A NAME="TOC21" HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A>
                   7063: <BR>
                   7064: </UL>
                   7065: <A NAME="TOC22" HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A>
                   7066: <BR>
                   7067: </UL>
                   7068: <A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
                   7069: <BR>
                   7070: <UL>
                   7071: <A NAME="TOC24" HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A>
                   7072: <BR>
                   7073: <A NAME="TOC25" HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A>
                   7074: <BR>
                   7075: <UL>
                   7076: <A NAME="TOC26" HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A>
                   7077: <BR>
                   7078: <A NAME="TOC27" HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A>
                   7079: <BR>
                   7080: </UL>
                   7081: <A NAME="TOC28" HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>
                   7082: <BR>
                   7083: <A NAME="TOC29" HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A>
                   7084: <BR>
                   7085: <UL>
                   7086: <A NAME="TOC30" HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A>
                   7087: <BR>
                   7088: <A NAME="TOC31" HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>
                   7089: <BR>
                   7090: <A NAME="TOC32" HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A>
                   7091: <BR>
                   7092: <A NAME="TOC33" HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A>
                   7093: <BR>
                   7094: <A NAME="TOC34" HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>
                   7095: <BR>
                   7096: <A NAME="TOC35" HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>
                   7097: <BR>
                   7098: <A NAME="TOC36" HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A>
                   7099: <BR>
                   7100: <A NAME="TOC37" HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>
                   7101: <BR>
                   7102: <A NAME="TOC38" HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>
                   7103: <BR>
                   7104: <A NAME="TOC39" HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A>
                   7105: <BR>
                   7106: <A NAME="TOC40" HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A>
                   7107: <BR>
                   7108: <A NAME="TOC41" HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>
                   7109: <BR>
                   7110: <A NAME="TOC42" HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A>
                   7111: <BR>
                   7112: <A NAME="TOC43" HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A>
                   7113: <BR>
                   7114: </UL>
                   7115: <A NAME="TOC44" HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A>
                   7116: <BR>
                   7117: <A NAME="TOC45" HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>
                   7118: <BR>
                   7119: <UL>
                   7120: <A NAME="TOC46" HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A>
                   7121: <BR>
                   7122: <A NAME="TOC47" HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>
                   7123: <BR>
                   7124: <A NAME="TOC48" HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A>
                   7125: <BR>
                   7126: <A NAME="TOC49" HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A>
                   7127: <BR>
                   7128: </UL>
                   7129: </UL>
                   7130: <A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
                   7131: <BR>
                   7132: <A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
                   7133: <BR>
                   7134: <A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
                   7135: <BR>
                   7136: </UL>
                   7137: <HR SIZE=1>
                   7138: <A NAME="SEC_OVERVIEW"></A>
                   7139: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   7140: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   7141: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   7142: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   7143: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   7144: </TR></TABLE>
                   7145: <H1>Short Table of Contents</H1>
                   7146: <BLOCKQUOTE>
                   7147: <A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
                   7148: <BR>
                   7149: <A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
                   7150: <BR>
                   7151: <A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
                   7152: <BR>
                   7153: <A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
                   7154: <BR>
                   7155: <A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
                   7156: <BR>
                   7157: 
                   7158: </BLOCKQUOTE>
                   7159: <HR SIZE=1>
                   7160: <A NAME="SEC_About"></A>
                   7161: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
                   7162: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
                   7163: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
                   7164: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
                   7165: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
                   7166: </TR></TABLE>
                   7167: <H1>About this document</H1>
                   7168: This document was generated by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>February, 11  2014</I>
                   7169: using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
                   7170: "><I>texi2html</I></A>
                   7171: <P></P>  
                   7172: The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
                   7173: <P></P>
                   7174: <table border = "1">
                   7175: <TR>
                   7176: <TH> Button </TH>
                   7177: <TH> Name </TH>
                   7178: <TH> Go to </TH>
                   7179: <TH> From 1.2.3 go to</TH>
                   7180: </TR>
                   7181: <TR>
                   7182: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7183:  [ &lt; ] </TD>
                   7184: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7185: Back
                   7186: </TD>
                   7187: <TD>
                   7188: previous section in reading order
                   7189: </TD>
                   7190: <TD>
                   7191: 1.2.2
                   7192: </TD>
                   7193: </TR>
                   7194: <TR>
                   7195: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7196:  [ &gt; ] </TD>
                   7197: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7198: Forward
                   7199: </TD>
                   7200: <TD>
                   7201: next section in reading order
                   7202: </TD>
                   7203: <TD>
                   7204: 1.2.4
                   7205: </TD>
                   7206: </TR>
                   7207: <TR>
                   7208: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7209:  [ &lt;&lt; ] </TD>
                   7210: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7211: FastBack
                   7212: </TD>
                   7213: <TD>
                   7214: previous or up-and-previous section 
                   7215: </TD>
                   7216: <TD>
                   7217: 1.1
                   7218: </TD>
                   7219: </TR>
                   7220: <TR>
                   7221: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7222:  [ Up ] </TD>
                   7223: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7224: Up
                   7225: </TD>
                   7226: <TD>
                   7227: up section
                   7228: </TD>
                   7229: <TD>
                   7230: 1.2
                   7231: </TD>
                   7232: </TR>
                   7233: <TR>
                   7234: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7235:  [ &gt;&gt; ] </TD>
                   7236: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7237: FastForward
                   7238: </TD>
                   7239: <TD>
                   7240: next or up-and-next section
                   7241: </TD>
                   7242: <TD>
                   7243: 1.3
                   7244: </TD>
                   7245: </TR>
                   7246: <TR>
                   7247: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7248:  [Top] </TD>
                   7249: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7250: Top
                   7251: </TD>
                   7252: <TD>
                   7253: cover (top) of document
                   7254: </TD>
                   7255: <TD>
                   7256:  &nbsp; 
                   7257: </TD>
                   7258: </TR>
                   7259: <TR>
                   7260: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7261:  [Contents] </TD>
                   7262: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7263: Contents
                   7264: </TD>
                   7265: <TD>
                   7266: table of contents
                   7267: </TD>
                   7268: <TD>
                   7269:  &nbsp; 
                   7270: </TD>
                   7271: </TR>
                   7272: <TR>
                   7273: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7274:  [Index] </TD>
                   7275: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7276: Index
                   7277: </TD>
                   7278: <TD>
                   7279: concept index
                   7280: </TD>
                   7281: <TD>
                   7282:  &nbsp; 
                   7283: </TD>
                   7284: </TR>
                   7285: <TR>
                   7286: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7287:  [ ? ] </TD>
                   7288: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
                   7289: About
                   7290: </TD>
                   7291: <TD>
                   7292: this page
                   7293: </TD>
                   7294: <TD>
                   7295:  &nbsp; 
                   7296: </TD>
                   7297: </TR>
                   7298: </TABLE>
                   7299: <P></P>
                   7300: where the <STRONG> Example </STRONG> assumes that the current position 
                   7301: is at <STRONG> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </STRONG> of a document of 
                   7302: the following structure:
                   7303: <UL>
                   7304: <LI> 1. Section One  </LI>
                   7305: <UL>
                   7306: <LI>1.1 Subsection One-One</LI>
                   7307: <UL>
                   7308: <LI> ... </LI>
                   7309: </UL>
                   7310: <LI>1.2 Subsection One-Two</LI>
                   7311: <UL>
                   7312: <LI>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One
                   7313: </LI><LI>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two
                   7314: </LI><LI>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp; <STRONG>
                   7315: &lt;== Current Position </STRONG>
                   7316: </LI><LI>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four
                   7317: </LI></UL>
                   7318: <LI>1.3 Subsection One-Three</LI>
                   7319: <UL>
                   7320: <LI> ... </LI>
                   7321: </UL>
                   7322: <LI>1.4 Subsection One-Four</LI>
                   7323: </UL>
                   7324: </UL>
                   7325: 
                   7326: <HR SIZE=1>
                   7327: <BR>  
                   7328: <FONT SIZE="-1">
                   7329: This document was generated
                   7330: by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>February, 11  2014</I>
                   7331: using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
                   7332: "><I>texi2html</I></A>
                   7333: 
                   7334: </BODY>
                   7335: </HTML>

FreeBSD-CVSweb <freebsd-cvsweb@FreeBSD.org>